DVC6200 F
DVC6200 F
www.Fisher.com
The FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller is a core component of the PlantWeb digital
plant architecture. The digital valve controller powers PlantWeb by capturing and delivering valve
diagnostic data. Coupled with ValveLink software, the DVC6200 provides users with an accurate
picture of valve performance, including actual stem position, instrument input signal, and
pneumatic pressure to the actuator. Using this information, the digital valve controller diagnoses
not only itself, but also the valve and actuator to which it is mounted.
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
INMETRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
DVC6205f Base Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
DVC6215 Feedback Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Device Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
SlidingStem Linear Actuators up to Performance Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
210 mm (8.25 Inches) Travel . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fisher Rotary Actuators and SlidingStem Section 4 Detailed Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Linear Actuators over 210 mm Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
(8.25 Inches) Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
GX Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Analog Output Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
QuarterTurn Rotary Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Proportional/Integral/Derivative
Fisher 67CFR Filter Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Pneumatic Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Input Selector Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Output Splitter Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Analog Input Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Output Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Mulitple Analog Input Function Block . . . . . . . . . . 187
Special Construction to Support Discrete Output Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Solenoid Valve Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Discrete Input Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Section 5 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Wiring and Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Calibration Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Connecting Fieldbus Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
TwistedShielded Pair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Quick Connect Cable Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Remote Travel Sensor Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Communication Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Supply Pressure Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Simulate Enable Jumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Pressure A or B Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Commissioning Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Section 6 Viewing Device
Section 3 Basic Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Variables and Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . 223
Basic Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 View Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Transducer Block Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Device Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
www.Fisher.com
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
2
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Note
All references to the DVC6200f digital valve controller include the DVC6205f base unit unless otherwise indicated.
This manual describes device setup using the 475 or 375 Field Communicator. For information on using Fisher
ValveLink software with the instrument, refer to the appropriate user guide or help.
Do not install, operate, or maintain a DVC6200f digital valve controller without being fully trained and qualified in
valve, actuator, and accessory installation, operation, and maintenance. To avoid personal injury or property damage,
it is important to carefully read, understand, and follow all of the contents of this manual, including all safety cautions
and warnings. If you have any questions about these instructions, contact your Emerson Process Management sales
office before proceeding.
Instrument Description
DVC6200f digital valve controllers for FOUNDATION fieldbus are communicating, microprocessorbased instruments.
In addition to the traditional function of converting a digital signal to a pneumatic output pressure, the DVC6200f
digital valve controller, using FOUNDATION fieldbus communications protocol, gives easy access to information critical to
process operation as well as process control. This can be done using a DeltaV console, another FOUNDATION fieldbus
system console, or with ValveLink software version 10.2 or later.
Using a compatible fieldbus configuration device, you can obtain information about the health of the instrument, the
actuator, and the valve. You can also obtain asset information about the actuator or valve manufacturer, model, and
serial number. You can set input and output configuration parameters and calibrate the instrument.
Using the FOUNDATION fieldbus protocol, information from the instrument can be integrated into control systems.
DVC6200f digital valve controllers can be mounted on single or doubleacting slidingstem actuators, as shown in
figure 12, or on rotary actuators. It can also be integrally mounted to the Fisher GX control valve and actuator system,
as shown in figure 13. The DVC6200f mounts on most Fisher and other manufacturers' rotary and slidingstem
actuators.
3
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Figure 12 FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Figure 13. FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve
Controller Mounted on a Fisher SlidingStem Valve Controller Integrally Mounted to a Fisher GX Control
Actuator Valve and Actuator System
W9616_fieldbus
W9643_fieldbus
DVC6200f digital valve controllers are available with several selections of control and diagnostic capability. Control
selections include:
Standard Control (SC) Digital valve controllers with Standard Control have the AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI, MAI, DO, and
four DI function blocks in addition to the resource and transducer blocks.
Fieldbus Control (FC)Digital valve controllers with Fieldbus Control have the AO function block in addition to the
resource and transducer blocks.
Fieldbus Logic (FL)Digital valve controllers with Fieldbus Logic have the DO, and four DI function blocks, in
addition to the resource and transducer block.
Performance and Advanced Diagnostics are available with ValveLink software. They provide visibility to instrument
alerts. Fieldbus Diagnostics can be viewed with any host system.
4
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Instrument Blocks
The digital valve controller is a blockbased device. For detailed information on the blocks within the digital valve
controller, see the Detailed Setup section of this manual.
The DVC6200f digital valve controller includes the resource and transducer block:
Resource BlockThe resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device; it has
no input or output parameters. The resource block monitors and controls the general operation of other blocks
within the device. For example, when the mode of the resource block is Out of Service, it impacts all function
blocks.
Transducer BlockThe transducer block connects the analog output function block to the I/P converter, relay, and
travel sensor hardware within the digital valve controller.
Function Blocks
In addition to the resource and transducer block, the digital valve controller may contain the following function blocks.
For additional information on function blocks, refer to Appendix E, FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication.
Analog Output (AO) Function BlockThe analog output function block accepts the output from another function
block (such as a PID block) and transfers it as an actuator control signal to the transducer block. If the DO block is
selected, the AO block is not functional.
Input Selector (ISEL) Function BlockThe input selector function block selects from up to four inputs and may
provide the selected signal as input to the PID block. The input selection can be configured to select the first good
input signal; a maximum, minimum or average value; or a hot spare.
Output Splitter (OS) Function BlockThe output splitter function block accepts the output from another function
block (such as a PID block) and creates two outputs that are scaled or split, according to the user configuration. This
block is typically used for split ranging of two control valves.
Analog Input (AI) Function BlockThe analog input function block monitors the signal from a DVC6200f sensor or
internal measurement and provides it to another block.
Multiple Analog Input (MAI) Function BlockThe Multiple Analog Input (MAI) function block has the ability to
process up to eight DVC6200f measurements and make them available to other function blocks.
Discrete Output (DO) Function BlockThe discrete output function block processes a discrete set point and sends it
to a specified output channel, which can be transferred to the transducer block for actuator control. In the digital
valve controller, the discrete output block provides both normal open/closed control and the ability to position the
valve in 5% increments for course throttling applications. If the AO block is selected, the DO block is not functional.
Discrete Input (DI) Function BlockThe discrete input function block processes a single discrete input from a
DVC6200f and makes it available to other function blocks. In the digital valve controller, the discrete input function
block can provide limit switch functionality and valve position proximity detection.
5
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Field Communicator RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Resource Block Mode
An overview of the resource and transducer block menu structures are shown at the beginning of this manual. Menu
structures for the function blocks are included with each function block section in Detailed Setup.
Throughout this document, parameters are typically referred to by their common name or label, followed by the
parameter name and index number; for example, Write Priority (WRITE_PRI [39]). However, not all interface systems
support the use of the parameter label and instead use only the Parameter Name, followed by the index number, when
referring to the block parameters.
Specifications
Specifications for the DVC6200f digital valve controller are shown in table 11.
Related Information
Related Documents
Other documents containing information related to the DVC6200f digital valve controller include:
All documents are available from your Emerson Process Management sales office. Also visit our website at
www.FIELDVUE.com.
6
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
7
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
8
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Educational Services
For information on available courses for the DVC6200f digital valve controller, as well as a variety of other products,
contact:
9
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
10
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Section 2 Installation2-2-
Installation
WARNING
Avoid personal injury or property damage from sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts. Before proceeding
with any Installation procedures:
Always wear protective clothing, gloves, and eyewear to prevent personal injury or property damage.
If installing into an existing application, also refer to the WARNINGS at the beginning of the Maintenance section of this
instruction manual.
Check with your process or safety engineer for any additional measures that must be taken to protect against process
media.
WARNING
To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover, do not rub or clean the cover with solvents. To do so could result in an
explosion. Clean with a mild detergent and water only.
WARNING
Failure to follow these conditions of safe use could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion, or
area reclassification.
WARNING
The apparatus enclosure contains aluminum and is considered to constitute a potential risk of ignition by impact or friction.
Care must taken during installation and use to prevent impact or friction.
Note
These special instructions for safe use are only applicable to the DVC6200f digital valve controller. DVC6205f base unit and
DVC6215 remote feedback unit approvals will be included when available.
11
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
CSA
Special Conditions of Safe Use
Refer to table 21 for approval information, figure B1 for the CSA loop schematic, and figure B3 for the CSA
nameplate.
FM
Special Conditions of Safe Use
12
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
ATEX
Special Conditions for Safe Use
Flameproof, Dust
Refer to table 23 for additional approval information, and figure B8 for the ATEX Flameproof, Dust nameplate.
Type n, Dust
Refer to table 23 for additional approval information, and figure B9 for the ATEX Type n, Dust nameplate.
13
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
IECEx
Conditions of Certification
Ex ia
1. Warning: Electrostatic charge hazard. Do not rub or clean with solvents. To do so could result in an explosion.
EX d / Ex nC
Refer to table 24 for additional approval information, figure B10 for the IECEx loop schematic, and figure B12 for the
IECEx nameplate.
14
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
INMETRO
Standards used for Certification
IEC 60079.0:2007
IEC 60079.1:2001
IEC 60079-11:1999
IEC60079-15:2001
Refer to table 25 for approval information and figure B13 for the INMETRO approvals nameplate.
15
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Mounting
ROTARY NAMUR, M6
LINEAR, M8 HOLE FOR
W9703 W9704 SLOTS FOR MOUNTING BOLT
MOUNTING BOLTS
The feedback system for the DVC6200f digital valve controller utilizes a magnetic assembly for linkageless,
noncontacting position measurement. In order to prevent inadvertent stem movement while the instrument is in
operation, magnetic tools (such as a magnetictipped screwdriver) should not be used.
Note
The magnet assembly may be referred to as a magnetic array in user interface tools.
CAUTION
The magnet assembly material has been specifically chosen to provide a longterm stable magnetic field.
However, as with any magnet, care must be taken when handling the magnet assembly. Another high powered magnet
placed in close proximity (less than 25 mm) can cause permanent damage. Potential sources of damaging equipment
include, but are not limited to: transformers, DC motors, stacking magnet assemblies.
16
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
CAUTION
Note
As a general rule, do not use less than 60% of the magnet assembly travel range for full travel measurement. Performance will
decrease as the assembly is increasingly subranged.
The linear magnet assemblies have a valid travel range indicated by arrows molded into the piece. This means that the hall sensor
(on the back of the DVC6200f housing) has to remain within this range throughout the entire valve travel. See figure 22. The
linear magnet assemblies are symmetrical. Either end may be up.
MAGNET ASSEMBLY
(ATTACHED TO VALVE STEM)
W9706
INDEX MARK
Note
Mounting the instrument vertically, with the vent at the bottom of the assembly, or horizontally, with the vent pointing down, is
recommended to allow drainage of moisture that may be introduced via the instrument air supply.
There are a variety of mounting brackets and kits that are used to mount the DVC6200f to different actuators.
Depending on the actuator, there will be differences in fasteners, brackets, and connecting linkages.
Each mounting kit will include one of the magnet assemblies illustrated in figure 23.
17
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
RSHAFT END
ASSEMBLY 90 DEG
AVAILABLE CONSTRUCTIONS:
SSTEM #19 ASSEMBLY (19 mm / 3/4 INCH) AVAILABLE CONSTRUCTIONS:
SSTEM #25 ASSEMBLY (25 mm / 1 INCH) SSTEM #1 ROLLER ASSEMBLY
RSHAFT #1 WINDOW ASSEMBLY
AVAILABLE CONSTRUCTIONS: (FISHER 2052 SIZE 2 & 3, 1051/1052
SSTEM #38 ASSEMBLY (38 mm / 11/2 INCH) SIZE 4070, 1061 SIZE 30100,
SSTEM #50 ASSEMBLY (50 mm / 2 INCH) SLIDINGSTEM > 210 mm (8.25 INCHES)
SSTEM #100 ASSEMBLY (100 mm / 4 INCH) RSHAFT #2 WINDOW ASSEMBLY
SSTEM #210 ASSEMBLY (210 mm / 8-1/4 INCH) (2052 SIZE 1, 1051/1052 SIZE 20-33)
If ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the factory will mount the digital valve controller on the actuator and
calibrate the instrument. If purchased separately, you will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve controller on
the actuator. Each mounting kit includes detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific
actuator. Refer to table 26 for the more common Fisher actuator mounting instructions, available at www.fisher.com
or your Emerson Process Management sales office.
For general mounting guidelines, refer to the DVC6200f quick start guide (D103410X012), available at
www.fisher.com or your Emerson Process Management sales office.
18
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Mount the DVC6205f base unit on a 50.8 mm (2 inch) pipestand or wall. The included bracket is used for either
mounting method.
Wall Mounting
Refer to figures 24 and 25. Drill two holes in the wall using the dimensions shown in figure 24. Attach the mounting
bracket to the base unit using four spacers and 25.4 mm (1inch) 1/420 hex head screws. Attach the base unit to the
wall using suitable screws or bolts.
Pipestand Mounting
Refer to figure 25. Position a standoff on the back of the base unit. Using two 101.6 mm (4inch) 1/420 hex head
screws loosely attach the base unit to the pipestand with the mounting bracket. Position the second standoff, then
using the remaining 101.6 mm (4inch) hex head screws, securely fasten the base unit to the pipe stand.
Figure 24. FIELDVUE DVC6205f Base Unit with Mounting Bracket (Rear View)
10C1796A
19
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
SPACER
1INCH 1/420
HEX HEAD SCREW
STANDOFF
4INCH 1/420 HEX HEAD SCREW
MOUNTING
BRACKET MOUNTING BRACKET
W8473 WALL MOUNTING W8474 / IL PIPESTAND MOUNTING
20
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
CAUTION
The magnet assembly material has been specifically chosen to provide a longterm stable magnetic field.
However, as with any magnet, care must be taken when handling the magnet assembly. Another high powered magnet
placed in close proximity (less than 25 mm) can cause permanent damage. Potential sources of damaging equipment
include, but are not limited to: transformers, DC motors, stacking magnet assemblies.
CAUTION
Note
As a general rule, do not use less than 60% of the magnet assembly travel range for full travel measurement. Performance will
decrease as the assembly is increasingly subranged.
The linear magnet assemblies have a valid travel range indicated by arrows molded into the piece. This means that the hall sensor
(on the back of the DVC6215 housing) has to remain within this range throughout the entire valve travel. See figure 27. The linear
magnet assemblies are symmetrical. Either end may be up.
MAGNET ASSEMBLY
(ATTACHED TO VALVE STEM)
21
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
There are a variety of mounting brackets and kits that are used to mount the DVC6215 to different actuators.
Note
The DVC6215 feedback unit uses the same mountings as the DVC6200f digital valve controller.
However, despite subtle differences in fasteners, brackets, and connecting linkages, the procedures for mounting can
be categorized as follows:
Slidingstem linear actuators
Fisher rotary actuators
GX actuator
Quarterturn actuators
See figure 23 for examples of the different travel feedback magnet assemblies.
Figure 28. Mounting Parts for SlidingStem Actuator with up to 210 mm (8.25 inches) Travel
X0127
22
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
3. Loosely attach the feedback pieces and magnet assembly to the valve stem connector. Do not tighten the fasteners
because fine adjustment is required.
CAUTION
Do not install a magnet assembly that is shorter than the physical travel of the actuator. Loss of control will result from the
magnet assembly moving outside the range of the index mark in the feedback slot of the DVC6215 housing.
4. Using the alignment template (supplied with the mounting kit), position the magnet assembly inside the retaining
slot.
5. Align the magnet assembly as follows:
For airtoopen actuators (e.g. Fisher 667) vertically align the magnet assembly so that the center line of the alignment
template is lined up as close as possible with the upper extreme of the valid travel range on the magnet assembly. The
magnet assembly should be positioned so that the index mark in the feedback slot of the DVC6215 housing is within
the valid range on the magnet assembly throughout the range of travel. See figure 29.
For airtoclose actuators (e.g. Fisher 657) vertically align the magnet assembly so that the center line of the alignment
template is lined up as close as possible with the lower extreme of the valid travel range on the magnet assembly. The
magnet assembly should be positioned so that the index mark in the feedback slot of the DVC6215 housing is within
the valid range on the magnet assembly throughout the range of travel. See figure 210.
Figure 29. AirtoOpen Magnet Assembly Alignment Figure 210. AirtoClose Magnet Assembly
Alignment
ALIGNMENT
TEMPLATE
ALIGNMENT
RETAINING RETAINING TEMPLATE
SLOT SLOT
INDEX INDEX
MARK MARK
W9718 W9719
23
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Note
Ensure that there is clearance between the magnet assembly and the DVC6215 housing slot throughout the full range of travel.
Fisher Rotary Actuators and SlidingStem Linear Actuators over 210 mm (8.25 Inches) Travel
The DVC6215 feedback unit uses a cam (designed for linear response) and roller as the feedback mechanism. See
figures 211 and 212.
Figure 211. Mounting on Rotary Actuators Figure 212. Mounting on SlidingStem (Linear)
Actuators over 210 mm (8.25 Inches) Travel
MOUNTING
ROTARY MOUNTING ADAPTOR
KIT (DVC6215 NOT
SHOWN)
LONG STROKE
MOUNTING
KIT (DVC6215
NOT SHOWN)
W9709
W9708
Note
All cams supplied with FIELDVUE mounting kits are characterized to provide a linear response.
There are three different mounting adaptions, based on the actuator design (see figure 213).
24
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
If no mounting adaptor is required, attach the feedback unit and mounting kit assembly to the actuator. The roller
on the feedback arm will contact the actuator cam as it is being attached.
ROLLER ROLLER
ARM ROLLER ARM
ARM
VARIATION ACTUATOR
2052 Size 2 and 3
1051/1052 size 40-70
A
1061 Size 30-100
SlidingStem > 210 mm (8.25 inches)
B 2052 Size 1
1052 Size 20-33
C
1051 Size 33
NOTE THE DIFFERENCE IN THE SHAPE AND LENGTH OF THE ROLLER ARM
E1229
25
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
GX Actuators
The DVC6215 feedback unit mounts directly on the GX actuator without the need for a mounting bracket.
Identify the yoke side to mount the DVC6215 feedback unit based on the actuator fail mode. Refer to the GX Control
Valve and Actuator System instruction manual (D103175X012).
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body. Shut
off all pressure lines to the actuator, releasing all pressure from the actuator. Use lockout procedures to be sure
that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment.
2. Loosely attach the feedback pieces and magnet assembly to the valve stem connector. Do not tighten the fasteners
because fine adjustment is required.
CAUTION
Do not install a magnet assembly that is shorter than the physical travel of the actuator. Loss of control will result from the
magnet assembly moving outside the range of the index mark in the feedback slot of the DVC6215 housing.
3. Using the alignment template (supplied with the mounting kit), position the feedback assembly inside the retaining
slot.
4. Align the magnet assembly as follows:
For airtoopen GX actuators vertically align the magnet assembly so that the center line of the alignment template is
lined up as close as possible with the upper extreme of the valid travel range on the magnet assembly. The magnet
assembly should be positioned so that the index mark in the feedback slot of the DVC6215 housing is within the valid
range on the magnet assembly throughout the range of travel. See figure 214.
For airtoclose GX actuators vertically align the magnet assembly so that the center line of the alignment template is
lined up as close as possible with the lower extreme of the valid travel range on the magnet assembly. The magnet
assembly should be positioned so that the index mark on the pole pieces (back of the DVC6215 housing) is within the
valid range on the magnet assembly throughout the range of travel. See figure 215.
26
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Figure 214. AirtoOpen Fisher GX Magnet Assembly Figure 215. AirtoClose Fisher GX Magnet Assembly
Alignment Alignment
ALIGNMENT TEMPLATE ALIGNMENT TEMPLATE
RETAINING RETAINING
SLOT SLOT
INDEX MARK
INDEX MARK
W9218 W9219
5. Tighten the fasteners and remove the alignment template. Continue on with the appropriate step 6 below.
AirtoOpen GX Actuators
6. The pneumatic output port on the DVC6215 lines up with the integral GX actuator pneumatic port. See figure 216.
7. Using a 5 mm hex wrench, attach the feedback unit to the GX actuator mounting pad on the side that has the open
pneumatic port. Be sure to place the Oring between the feedback units pneumatic output and the actuator
mounting pad. Pneumatic tubing between the feedback unit and the actuator is not required because the air
passages are internal to the actuator.
8. Connect the pneumatic tubing from the DVC6205f to the feedback units pneumatic port provided on the front of
the DVC6215 as shown in figure 216.
9. Check for clearance between the magnet assembly and the DVC6215 feedback slot.
10. If not already installed, install a vent in the port on the upper diaphragm casing's air supply connection on the
actuator yoke leg.
27
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
PNEUMATIC TUBING
FROM THE DVC6205f
PNEUMATIC
PORT
INSTALL
ORING
X0128
AirtoClose GX Actuators
6. Using a 5 mm hex wrench, attach the feedback unit to the GX actuator mounting pad.
7. Check for clearance between the magnet assembly and the DVC6215 feedback slot.
8. Install tubing between the actuator casing and the appropriate DVC6215 pneumatic output port.
9. If not already installed, install a vent in the port on the lower diaphragm casing.
Note
To convert to air-to-open, install an Oring between the feedback units pneumatic output and the actuator mounting pad.
Connect pneumatic tubing from the DVC6205f to the DVC6215. Refer to figure 216.
To convert to air-to-close, remove the Oring between the feedback units pneumatic output and the actuator mounting pad.
Disconnect the pneumatic tubing from the DVC6205f to the DVC6215. Install tubing between the pneumatic output connection
of the DVC6205f to the pneumatic port on top of the actuator casing.
28
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Figure 217. Mounting on QuarterTurn Actuators Figure 218. Magnet Assembly Orientation on
QuarterTurn Actuators
ORIENTATION
AT ONE TRAVEL
EXTREME
ORIENTATION
AT MIDTRAVEL
(FLATS PARALLEL
TO DVC6215
CHANNEL)
M6 MOUNTING ORIENTATION
BOLTS (4) AT THE OTHER
X0129 TRAVEL EXTREME
29
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
IntegralMounted Regulator
Refer to figure 219. Lubricate an Oring and insert it in the recess around the SUPPLY connection on the digital valve
controller. Attach the 67CFR filter regulator to the side of the digital valve controller. Thread a 1/4inch sockethead
pipe plug into the unused outlet on the filter regulator. This is the standard method of mounting the filter regulator.
Figure 219. Mounting the Fisher 67CFR Regulator on a FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
67CFR
CAP SCREWS
ORING 1
YokeMounted Regulator
Mount the filter regulator with two cap screws to the predrilled and tapped holes in the actuator yoke. Thread a
1/4inch sockethead pipe plug into the unused outlet on the filter regulator. No Oring is required.
CasingMounted Regulator
Use the separate 67CFR filter regulator casing mounting bracket provided with the filter regulator. Attach the
mounting bracket to the 67CFR and then attach this assembly to the actuator casing. Thread a 1/4inch sockethead
pipe plug into the unused outlet on the filter regulator. No Oring is required.
Pneumatic Connections
Pressure
Pressure connections are shown in figure 220. All pressure connections on the digital valve controller are 1/4 NPT
internal connections. Use at least10 mm (3/8inch) tubing for all pressure connections. If remote venting is required a
minimum of 12.7 mm (1/2inch) tubing should be used. Refer to the vent subsection for remote venting information.
30
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Note
Make pressure connections to the digital valve controller using tubing with at least 10 mm (3/8inch) diameter.
Supply
The DVC6200f can be used with air as the supply medium. In addition, Gas Certified DVC6200f constructions can be
used with natural gas as the supply medium. If using natural gas as the pneumatic supply medium, natural gas will be
used in the pneumatic output connections of the DVC6200f to any connected equipment. In normal operation the
unit will vent the supply medium into the surrounding atmosphere unless it is remotely vented.
WARNING
Not all DVC6200f digital valve controllers are suitable for use with natural gas as the supply medium. If using natural gas as
the supply medium, the DVC6200f must be Gas Certified. Using natural gas as the supply medium in a noncertified
instrument can result in personal injury or property damage.
Gas Certified instruments can be identified by the natural gas approval label shown in figure 221. Contact your Emerson
Process Management sales office for information on obtaining a Gas Certified DVC6200f digital valve controller.
31
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or property damage resulting from bursting or parts, do not exceed maximum supply pressure.
Personal injury or property damage may result from fire or explosion if natural gas is used as the supply medium and
appropriate preventive measures are not taken. Preventive measures may include, but are not limited to, one or more
of the following: Remote venting of the unit, reevaluating the hazardous area classification, ensuring adequate
ventilation, and the removal of any ignition sources. For information on remote venting of this controller, refer to
page 34.
Severe personal injury or property damage may occur from an uncontrolled process if the instrument supply medium is
not clean, dry, oilfree, and noncorrosive. While use and regular maintenance of a filter that removes particles larger
than 40 micrometers in diameter will suffice in most applications, check with an Emerson Process Management field
office and industry instrument air quality standards for use with corrosive air or if you are unsure about the amount of
air filtration or filter maintenance.
Supply pressure must be clean, dry air that meets the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01. A maximum 40
micrometer particle size in the air system is acceptable. Further filtration down to 5 micrometer particle size is
recommended. Lubricant content is not to exceed 1 ppm weight (w/w) or volume (v/v) basis. Condensation in the air
supply should be minimized.
Alternatively, natural gas may be used as the supply pressure medium in Gas Certified DVC6200f digital valve
controllers. Gas must be clean, dry, oilfree, and noncorrosive. H2S content should not exceed 20 ppm.
If you are using a 67CFR filter regulator with standard 5 micrometer filter, connect the supply line to the 1/4 NPT IN
connection and attach tubing from the output connection on the filter regulator to the SUPPLY connection on the
instrument. If you are using an integral mounted 67CFR filter regulator, connect the supply to the IN connection on
the regulator.
Output Connection
A factory mounted digital valve controller has its output piped to the supply connection on the actuator. If mounting
the digital valve controller in the field, connect the 1/4 NPT digital valve controller output connection to the
pneumatic actuator input connection.
SingleActing Actuators
When using a singleacting direct digital valve controller (relay A or C) on a singleacting actuator, connect OUTPUT A
to the actuator pneumatic input. When using a singleacting reverse digital valve controller (relay B) on a singleacting
actuator, connect OUTPUT B to the actuator diaphragm casing.
DoubleActing Actuators
DVC6200f digital valve controllers on doubleacting actuators always use relay A. With no instrument Fieldbus power
(Zero Power Condition) OUTPUT A is at 0 pressure and OUTPUT B is at full supply pressure when the relay is properly
32
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
adjusted. To have the actuator stem extend from the cylinder with increasing input signal, connect OUTPUT A to the
upper actuator cylinder connection. Connect OUTPUT B to the lower cylinder connection. To have the actuator stem
retract into the cylinder with increasing input signal, connect OUTPUT A to the lower actuator cylinder connection.
Connect OUTPUT B to the upper cylinder connection.
Note
Solenoid valve testing is only available for instrument level PD.
In singleacting actuator applications with a solenoid valve installed, the DVC6200f can be configured to monitor the
health of the solenoid valve test, which is initiated by the Logic Solver. This is accomplished by connecting the unused
output port B from the DVC6200f to the pneumatic monitoring line between the solenoid valve and the actuator, as
shown in figure 222. When singleacting, direct relay C is installed, the unused output port is port B. When
singleacting, reverse relay B is used, the unused port is port A.
Figure 222. Pneumatic Hookup for Solenoid Testing (Instrument Level PD only)
24/48 VDC
FOUNDATION FIELDBUS 110/220 VAC, etc.
H1 SEGMENT
CONTROL LINE
Port A
Port B
MONITORING LINE
NOTES:
1/418 NPT X 3/8 OD TUBING
ELECTRICAL WIRING SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR
Note
This application is called special application in the Setup Wizard relay selection.
This configuration is not possible with a doubleacting actuator or when using relay A in singleacting mode.
33
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Vent
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage can occur from cover failure due to overpressure. Ensure that the housing vent
opening is open and free of debris to prevent pressure buildup under the cover.
WARNING
This unit vents the supply medium into the surrounding atmosphere. When installing this unit in a nonhazardous
(nonclassified) location in a confined area, with natural gas as the supply medium, you must remotely vent this unit to a
safe location. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion, and area
reclassification.
When installing this unit in a hazardous (classified) location remote venting of the unit may be required, depending upon
the area classification, and as specified by the requirements of local, regional, and federal codes, rules and regulations.
Failure to do so when necessary could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion, and area
reclassification.
Vent line piping should comply with local and regional codes, should be as short as possible with a minimum inside
diameter of 12.7 mm (1/2inch), and few bends to reduce case pressure buildup.
In addition to remote venting of the unit, ensure that all caps and covers are correctly installed. Failure to do so could result
in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion, and area reclassification.
The relay constantly bleeds a small amount of supply medium into the area under the cover. The vent opening, located
below the wiring terminal box on the side of the housing, should be left open to prevent pressure buildup under the
cover. If a remote vent is required, the vent lines must be as short as possible with a minimum number of bends and
elbows.
To connect a remote vent, remove the plastic vent. The vent connection is 3/8 NPT. At a minimum, 12.7 mm
(1/2inch) tubing should be used when installing a remote vent to prevent excessive pressure from building up under
the cover.
34
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Note
As shipped from the factory, the DVC6200f digital valve controller will not move the valve when power is applied to the
instrument. To avoid the valve going to an unknown position when power is applied, the unit is shipped from the factory with the
transducer block mode Out of Service. See the Basic Setup section for information on setup and calibration and placing the
instrument in service.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury resulting from electrical shock, do not exceed the maximum input voltage specified in table 11 of
this quick start guide, or on the product nameplate. If the input voltage specified differs, do not exceed the lowest specified
maximum input voltage.
Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion may occur if this connection is attempted in a potentially
explosive atmosphere or in an area that has been classified as hazardous. Confirm that area classification and atmosphere
conditions permit the safe removal of the terminal box cover before proceeding.
WARNING
Select wiring and/or cable glands that are rated for the environment of use (such as hazardous area, ingress protection and
temperature). Failure to use properly rated wiring and/or cable glands can result in personal injury or property damage
from fire or explosion.
Wiring connections must be in accordance with local, regional, and national codes for any given hazardous area approval.
Failure to follow the local, regional, and national codes could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or
explosion
35
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
EARTH
GROUND
LOOP
LOOP
GE41456-A
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage can result from the discharge of static electricity. Connect a 14 AWG (2.08 mm2)
ground strap between the digital valve controller and earth ground when flammable or hazardous gases are present. Refer
to national and local codes and standards for grounding requirements.
4. As shown in figure 223, two ground terminals are available for connecting a safety ground, earth ground, or drain
wire. The safety ground terminal is electrically identical to the earth ground. Make connections to these terminals
following national and local codes and plant standards.
WARNING
To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover, do not rub or clean the cover with solvents. Clean with a mild detergent
and water only.
36
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
5. Replace and hand tighten the cover on the terminal box. To secure the terminal box cap engage the lock screw.
When the loop is ready for startup, apply power to the H1 card output.
2 (BROWN) 4 (GREEN/YELLOW)
1/214 NPT
NOTES:
1.COLORS ARE WIRE COLORS.
2.NC=NO CONNECTION.
18B9424A
Note
The quick connect cable entry option is only available for intrinsically safe and nonincendive installations.
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage, caused by fire or explosion, can result from the discharge of static electricity. Connect
a 14 AWG (2.08 mm2) ground strap between the digital valve controller and earth ground when flammable or hazardous
gases are present. Refer to national and local codes and standards for grounding requirements.
To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover, do not rub or clean the cover with solvents. Clean with a mild detergent
and water only.
To avoid personal injury or property damage, do not use the Quick Connect option on instruments in explosionproof or
flameproof installations.
1. The quick connect cable entry should be installed on the digital valve controller at the factory. If it is, proceed to
step 3. If not continue with step 2.
2. To install the Quick Connect:
a. Remove the terminal box cap (key 4) from the terminal box (key 3).
b. Apply sealant to the threads of the quick connector.
c. Insert the wire pigtail into the desired conduit opening on the terminal box. Tighten the quick connector in the
conduit opening.
d. Cut and trim the wire ends.
37
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
e. The instrument is not polarity sensitive. Refer to figure 223. Connect the blue wire to one of the LOOP terminals
in the terminal box. Connect the brown wire to the other LOOP terminal. Cut the green/yellow wire off inside of
the DVC6200f, and ensure that the shield is totally isolated at the instrument end.
Note
The green/yellow wire is cut off inside the DVC6200f to help prevent ground loop issues. The only wires that should be installed
and left on the connector are the two signal wires.
f. Replace the terminal box cap on the terminal box. To secure the terminal box cap engage the lock screw.
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage, caused by wiring failure, can result if the feedback wiring connecting the base unit
with the remote feedback unit shares a conduit with any other power or signal wiring.
Do not place feedback wiring in the same conduit as other power or signal wiring.
Note
4conductor shielded cable, 18 to 22 AWG minimum wire size, in rigid or flexible metal conduit, is required for connection
between base unit and feedback unit. Pneumatic tubing between base unit output connection and actuator has been tested to 15
meters (50 feet) maximum without performance degradation.
38
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Figure 225. Terminal Details for Connecting the Base Unit and Feedback Unit for RemoteMounted Digital Valve
Controllers
FEEDBACK
CONNECTIONS
TERMINAL BOX
X0131-FF
FEEDBACK UNIT
GROUND
SCREW BASE UNIT
TERMINAL S
FEEDBACK CONNECTIONS TERMINAL 1
TERMINAL 4
TERMINAL BOX TERMINAL 2
TERMINAL 3
FEEDBACK UNIT
WARNING
The cable shield is typically not insulated. It is required that you insulate the cable shield prior to installation.
When connecting the cable shield in step 8 ensure that the uninsulated shield wiring does not contact the DVC6215
housing. Failure to do so can result in ground loop issues.
8. Connect the cable shield between terminal S on the feedback unit and terminal S on the base unit.
CAUTION
Failure to secure the cable wires in the support clips in step 9 can cause wires to break in applicaitons with high levels of
vibration.
9. Secure the cable wires, using the support clips in the DVC6215 feedback unit (as shown in figure 226), to help
prevent shifting and movement of the wires.
10. Replace and handtighten all covers.
39
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Communication Connections
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion may occur if this connection is attempted in a potentially
explosive atmosphere or in an area that has been classified as hazardous. Confirm that area classification and atmosphere
conditions permit the safe removal of the terminal box cap before proceeding.
A FOUNDATION fieldbus communicating device, such as a Field Communicator or a personal computer running
ValveLink software, interfaces with the DVC6200f digital valve controller from any wiring termination point in the
segment. If you choose to connect the fieldbus communicating device directly to the instrument, attach the device to
the LOCAL connections inside the terminal box to provide local communications with the instrument.
Install a jumper across the SIMULATE ENABLE terminals to enable the instrument to accept a simulate command.
(These terminals are marked AUX on the terminal board, see figure 223). With the jumper in place and the simulate
parameter in the AO or DO block set to enabled, the transducer block ignores the output of the AO or DO block. The
simulate value and status become the readback value and status to the AO or DO block and the transducer block is
ignored. For more information on running simulations, see the Detailed Setup section of this manual, the FOUNDATION
fieldbus specifications, and the host documentation.
WARNING
Removing the jumper will disable the simulate, which may cause the valve to move. To avoid personal injury and property
damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid, provide some temporary means of control for the process.
40
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Commissioning Tag
The DVC6200f digital valve controller is supplied with a removable paper commissioning tag, shown in figure 227.
This tag contains both the device ID and a space to record the device's tag number. The device ID is a unique code that
identifies a particular device in the absence of a device tag. The device tag is used as an operational identification for
the device and is usually defined by the piping and instrumentation diagram (P&ID).
18B9406G
When commissioning more than one device on a fieldbus segment, identifying which device is at a particular location
can be tedious without tags. The removable tag provided with the digital valve controller can be used to link the
device ID and the physical installation location. The installer should note the physical location in both places on the
removable commissioning tag and tear off the bottom portion. This should be done for each device on the segment.
The bottom portion of the tags can be used for commissioning the segment in the control system.
Prior to commissioning, the device ID is displayed by the host system if no device tag is configured in the digital valve
controller electronics. Typically the placeholder displays the device tag. The information on the paper tag enables the
engineer to match the device ID to the correct placeholder.
As an ordering option, the factory can enter a device tag into the digital valve controller electronics during the
manufacturing process. If this option is specified, the device tag is displayed at the host system prior to commissioning
rather than the device ID. This makes the job of commissioning the device easier.
41
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
42
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
WARNING
Changes to the instrument setup may cause changes in the output pressure or valve travel. Depending on the application,
these changes may upset process control, which may result in personal injury or property damage.
When the DVC6200f digital valve controller is ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the factory mounts the
digital valve controller and sets up the instrument as specified on the order. When mounting to a valve in the field, the
instrument needs to be setup to match the instrument to the valve and actuator.
Before beginning basic setup, be sure the instrument is correctly mounted as described in the Installation section.
Basic Setup includes the following procedures:
Device Setup
Auto Travel Calibrate
Performance Tuner (Optional)
Note
The DVC6200f may keep the Transducer Block Mode OutofService if the instrument is not properly mounted.
To setup and calibrate the instrument, the Transducer Block Mode must be Manual, and the Protection must be None.
When using DD methods the method will request that you change the mode, but make changes in Protection automatically. If you
have a host system that overrides transducer block parameters ensure that the Protection setting is not left as None. Doing so will
result in transducer block parameters being overwritten.
43
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
To setup and calibrate the instrument, the transducer block mode must be in Manual. For more information about
transducer block mode, refer to page 66.
Protection
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Protection
To setup and calibrate the instrument, the protection must be set to None with the Field Communicator. For more
information about configuration protection refer to page 66.
Device Setup
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Basic Setup > Device Setup
Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to automatically setup the instrument using specified actuator
information. Table 32 provides the actuator information required to setup and calibrate the instrument.
Note
If reverseacting relay B is used, you must manually set the Relay Type (BASIC_SETUP.RELAY_TYPE [42.5]) to B. This will not be set
during Device Setup.
1. Select whether Travel, Travel with Pressure fallback (auto recovery or manual recovery) or Pressure Control is
desired. Refer to page 70 for additional information.
2. Enter the pressure units:kPa, bar, psi, inHg, inH2O, or kg/cm2.
3. Enter the maximum instrument supply pressure and output pressure range (if required).
4. Enter the manufacturer of the actuator on which the instrument is mounted. If the actuator manufacturer is not
listed, select Other.
5. Enter the actuator model or type. If the actuator model is not listed, select Other.
6. Enter the actuator size.
7. Indicate whether a Volume Booster is being used.
8. Specify if factory defaults should be used for basic setup. If you select YES for factory default, the Field
Communicator sets the setup parameters to the values listed in table 31. If you select NO for the factory defaults,
the setup parameters listed in the table remain at their previous settings.
44
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
45
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Typically Device Setup determines the required setup information based upon the actuator manufacturer and model
specified. However, if you enter OTHER for the actuator manufacturer or the actuator model, then you will be
prompted for setup parameters such as:
Actuator StyleSelect spring & diaphragm, piston doubleacting without spring, piston singleacting with spring,
piston doubleacting with spring.
Zero Power Conditionthis identifies whether the valve is fully open or fully closed when the input is 0%. If you are
unsure how to set this parameter, disconnect the instrument from the segment. (With doubleacting and
singleacting direct digital valve controllers, disconnecting the instrument from the segment is the same as setting
the output A pressure to zero. For singleacting reverse digital valve controllers, disconnecting the instrument from
the segment is the same as setting the output B pressure to supply.)
WARNING
If you answer YES to the prompt for permission to move the valve when setting the Travel Sensor Motion, the instrument
will move the valve through its full travel range. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of
pressure or process fluid, isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the
process fluid.
Travel Sensor MotionDevice Setup asks if it can move the valve to determine travel sensor motion. If you answer
Yes, the instrument will stroke the valve the full travel span to determine travel sensor motion. If you answer No,
then you must specify the direction of travel movement. For quarterturn actuators determine rotation by viewing
the rotation of the magnet assembly from the back of the instrument.
Note
Travel Sensor Motion in this instance refers to the motion of the magnet assembly. Note that the magnet assembly may be
referred to as a magnetic array in user interface tools.
For instruments with relay A or C If increasing air pressure at output A causes the magnet assembly to move up, or
the actuator shaft to rotate counterclockwise, enter Towards Top of Instrument/CCW. If it causes the magnet
assembly to move down, or the actuator shaft to rotate clockwise, enter Away From Top of Instrument/CW. For
instruments with relay B.
For instruments with relay B If decreasing air pressure at output B causes the magnet assembly to move up, or the
actuator shaft to rotate counterclockwise, enter Towards Top of Instrument/CCW. If it causes the magnet
assembly to move down, or the actuator shaft to rotate clockwise, enter Away From Top of Instrument/CW.
Note
Relay A adjustment may be required before Device Setup can determine travel sensor motion. Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator display if relay adjustment is necessary.
Table 32 lists the required Travel Sensor Motion selections for Fisher and Baumann actuators.
46
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Tuning SetThere are twelve tuning sets to choose from. Each tuning set provides a preselected value for the digital
valve controller gain settings. Tuning set C provides the slowest response and M provides the fastest response. For
smaller actuators use tuning set C or D. For larger actuators using tuning set F or G. Table 33 lists the values for
preselected tuning sets.
Note
Tuning set B is only available in Pressure Control Mode.
WARNING
Changes to the tuning set may cause the valve/actuator assembly to stroke. To avoid personal injury or property damage
caused by moving parts, keep hands, tools, and other objects away from the valve/actuator assembly.
In addition, you can select Expert, which allows you to individually set the proportional gain, velocity gain, and minor
loop feedback gain for travel tuning and pressure proportional gain, pressure integrator gain, and pressure minor loop
feedback gain for pressure tuning. Refer to page 67 for additional information on travel tuning and page 69 for
pressure tuning.
Note
Use Expert tuning only if standard tuning has not achieved the desired results.
Stabilize/Optimize or Performance Tuner may be used to achieve the desired results more rapidly than expert tuning.
Table 32 provides tuning set selection guidelines for Fisher and Baumann actuators. These tuning sets are only
recommended starting points. After you finish setting up and calibrating the instrument, use Stabilize/Optimize to
adjust the tuning set to get the desired response.
For an actuator not listed in the table, you can estimate a starting tuning set by calculating the casing or cylinder
volume. Then, in the table, find an actuator with the closest equivalent volume and use the tuning set suggested for
that actuator.
47
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
When Device Setup is complete you are asked if you wish to run Auto Calibration now. Select yes to automatically
calibrate instrument travel at this time. Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display. The calibration
procedure uses the valve and actuator stops as the 0% and 100% calibration points. For additional information, refer to
Auto Calibration in the Calibration section.
Note
Singleacting relay B and C are not useradjustable. However, it is recommended that you check the relay adjustment for
doubleacting relay A in new installations before proceeding with travel calibration.
Refer to page 219 for relay adjustment instructions.
If after completing setup and calibration the valve cycles or overshoots (unstable), or is unresponsive (sluggish), you
can improve operation by running Performance Tuner or Stabilize/Optimize.
Performance Tuner
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Basic Setup > Performance Tuner
WARNING
During performance tuning the valve may move, causing process fluid or pressure to be released. To avoid personal injury
and property damage caused by the release of process fluid or pressure, isolate the valve from the process and equalize
pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the process fluid.
The Performance Tuner is used to determine digital valve controller tuning. It will move the valve slightly and monitor
the effects of small tuning changes until an optimum control response is achieved. Because the Performance Tuner
can detect internal instabilities before they become apparent in the travel response, it can generally optimize tuning
more effectively than manual tuning. Typically, the Performance Tuner takes 3 to 5 minutes to tune an instrument,
although tuning instruments mounted on larger actuators may take longer.
48
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
The following procedures address only the key resource block parameters; however, all resource block parameters are
listed in table 43.
Configure/Setup
Setup
Modes
The resource block can be in one of two modes (MODE_BLK [5]):
Automatic (Auto)This is the operational mode for this block. When the resource block is in the Auto mode, all
other function blocks are allowed to function normally.
Out of Service (OOS)Placing the resource block in Out of Service mode stops all function block execution, by
setting their modes to Out of Service as well. The actual mode of the function blocks is changed to Out of Service, but
the function block target modes are retained. Placing the resource block in the Out of Service mode does not affect
the mode of the transducer block.
Write Lock
Field Communicator RB > Configure/Setup > Write Lock
Write Lock
Write Lock (WRITE_LOCK [34]) determines if writes are permissible to other device parameters. The Firmware Write
Lock feature must be selected to be able to use Write Lock (see Features). When Write Lock is set to Locked, no writes
are permitted to any parameters within the device except to set Write Lock to Not Locked. When locked, the device
functions normally, updating inputs and outputs and executing algorithms. When Write Lock is set to Not Locked, the
Write Alarm (WRITE_ALM [40]) alert is active.
49
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Write Priority
Write Priority (WRITE_PRI [39]) sets the priority for Write Alarm. The lowest priority is 0. The highest is 15.
Note
Typically this parameter does not need to be changed. The unit will be operational using the default values assigned by the factory.
Perform this procedure only if a remote computer is sending setpoints from your advanced control.
Default value for RCas Timeout is 20 seconds.
Shed Remote Cascade (SHED_RCAS [26]) determines how long function blocks in the DVC6200f should wait before
giving up on remote computer writes to RCas parameters. When the timeout is exceeded, the block sheds to the next
mode as defined by the block shed options. If Shed Remote Cascade is set to 0, the block will not shed from RCas.
Enter a positive value in the Shed Remote Cascade field. Time duration is in 1/32 milliseconds (640000 = 20 secs).
Note
Typically this parameter does not need to be changed. The unit will be operational using the default values assigned by the factory.
Perform this procedure only if a remote computer is sending setpoints from your advanced control.
Default value for Shed Remote Out is 20 seconds.
Shed Remote Out (SHED_ROUT [27]) determine how long function blocks in the DVC6200f should wait before giving
up on computer writes to ROut parameters. When the timeout is exceeded, the block sheds to the next mode as
defined by the block shed options. If Shed Remote Out is set to 0, the block will not shed from ROut. Enter a positive
value in the Shed Remote Out field. Time duration is in 1/32 milliseconds (640000 = 20 secs).
Options
Field Communicator RB > Configure/Setup > Options
Diagnostic Options
Diagnostic Options (DIAG_OPTIONS [45]) shows the diagnostic options available in the instrument.
Function Block Options (FB_OPTIONS [44]) shows which function blocks are available in the instrument.
50
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Miscellaneous Options
Miscellaneous Options (MISC_OPTIONS [46]) indicates which miscellaneous licensing options are enabled.
Features Available
Features Available (FEATURES [17]) indicates which Resource Block Options features are available.
ReportsReports enables alert and event reporting. Reporting of specific alerts may be suppressed. See Alerts on
page 73.
Fault StateFault state enables the ability of the output block to react to various abnormal conditions by
shedding mode. See parameter descriptions for Set Fault State (SET_FSTATE [29]) and Clear Fault State
(CLR_FSTATE [30]) in table 43 and Action on Fault Detection.
Soft Write LockSoft Write lock permits using Write Lock (WRITE_LOCK [34]) to prevent any external change to
parameter values. Block connections and calculation results will proceed normally, but the configuration is locked.
Also see Write Lock, on page 49.
Multibit Alarm (BitAlarm) Support Multibit Alarm (BitAlarm) Support permits the instrument to treat each
PlantWeb alert separately when broadcast to the Host. Without MultiBit Alarm Support, an individual PlantWeb
alert must be acknowledged before another PlantWeb alert can be broadcast to the Host
Features Selected
Note
Typically this parameter does not need to be changed. The unit will be operational using the default values assigned by the factory.
Fault State, Software Write Lock, and Output Readback are set by default.
Features Selected (FEATURE_SEL [18]) indicates which Resource Block Options features have been selected and is used
to select the desired features.
ReportsSelecting reports enables alert and event reporting. Reporting of specific alerts may be suppressed. See
Alerts on page 73.
Fault StateSelecting fault state enables the ability of the output block to react to various abnormal conditions by
shedding mode. See parameter descriptions for Set Fault State (SET_FSTATE [29]) and Clear Fault State
(CLR_FSTATE [30]) in table 43 and Action on Fault Detection.
Soft Write LockWhen selected, permits using Write Lock (WRITE_LOCK [34]) to prevent any external change to
parameter values. Block connections and calculation results will proceed normally, but the configuration is locked.
Also see Write Lock, on page 49.
Multibit Alarm (BitAlarm) Support When selected, the instrument will allow the instrument to treat each
PlantWeb alert separately when broadcast to the Host.
Alarm Handling
Field Communicator RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling
Alert KeyAlert Key (ALERT_KEY [4]) is a number that permits grouping alerts. This number may be used to indicate
to the operator the source of the alert, such as the instrument, plant unit, etc. Enter a value between 1 and 255.
51
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Confirm TimeConfirm Time (CONFIRM_TIME [33]) determines the time, in 1/32 of a millisecond, the instrument
waits for confirmation of receipt of a report before trying again. If Confirm Time is 0, the instrument does not retry
to send the report. Enter 0 or a value between 320000 (10 secs) and 640000 (20 secs).
Limit NotifyLimit Notify (LIM_NOTIFY [32]) is the number of alert reports that the device can send without getting
a confirmation up to the maximum permitted in Maximum Notify (MAX_NOTIFY [31]). If Limit Notify is set to zero,
no alerts are reported. Enter a value between 0 and 3.
To have the instrument report alerts without having the host poll the alerts parameters, select the Reports feature
(see Feature Select).
Maximum NotifyMaximum Notify (MAX_NOTIFY [31]) indicates the maximum number of alert reports that the
device can send without getting a confirmation. This limit is determined by the amount of memory available for
alert messages. The number can be set lower, to control alert flooding, by adjusting Maximum Alerts Allowed
(LIM_NOTIFY [32]).
Block Alarm DisabledThe Block Alarm (BLOCK_ALM [36]) is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure
or system problems in the block. Alarm Summary (ALARM_SUM [37]) determines if the Write Alarm (WRITE_ALM
[40]) and Block Alarm [BLOCK_ALM [36]) are disabled.
Block Alarm Auto AcknowledgeAcknowledge Option (ACK_OPTION [38]) determines if the block alarm will be
automatically acknowledged.
Discrete Alarm DisabledThe Write Alarm (WRITE_ALM [40]) is used to alert when parameters are writeable to the
device. Alarm Summary (ALARM_SUM [37]) determines if the Discrete Alarm is disabled.
Discrete Alarm Auto AcknowledgeAcknowledge Option (ACK_OPTION [38]) determines if the Write Alarm
associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged.
Identification
Field Communicator RB > Configure/Setup > Identification
Electronics Serial NumberThe Electronics Serial Number (ELECTRONICS_SN [49]) set at the factory.
Factory Serial NumberThe Factory Serial Number (FACTORY_SN [50]) is the instrument serial number set at the
factory.
Field Serial NumberThe Field Serial Number (FIELD_SN [51]) is the serial number of instrument assigned in field.
Tag DescriptionThe Tag Description (TAG_DESC [2]) is used to assign a unique 32 character description to each
block within the digital valve controller to describe the intended application for the block.
StrategyStrategy (STRATEGY [3]) permits strategic grouping of blocks so the operator can identify where the
block is located. The blocks may be grouped by plant area, plant equipment, etc. Enter a value between 0 and
65535 in the Strategy field.
Device TypeDevice Type (DEV_TYPE [11]) identifies the type of device. It is used by the host system to locate the
DD file for the device. For a DVC6200f digital valve controller the device type is 0x4602.
52
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Diagnostic OptionsDiagnostic Options (DIAG_OPTIONS [45]) shows the diagnostic options available in the
instrument.
Version
Field Communicator RB > Configure/Setup > Version
Device RevisionThe Device Revision (DEV_REV [12]) is the manufacturer's revision number associated with the
resource, used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource.
Firmware RevisionFirmware Revision (FIRMWARE_REVISION [47]) identifies the revision of the firmware that is
currently in use.
Standby Firmware RevisionStandby Firmware Revision (STBY_FIRMWARE_REVISION [55]) identifies the revision of
the alternative firmware.
Hardware RevisionHardware Revision (HARDWARE_REV [48]) identifies the revision of the electronic hardware.
ITK VersionITK Version (ITK_VER [41]) identifies the major version of the Interoperability Tester used by the
Fieldbus Foundation in certifying the device as interoperable. This device revision meets the requirements of
version 5.
Block Errors
Table 41 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the
Resource block and are provided only for your reference.
53
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Table 42. Parameters Affected by Restart with Table 42. Parameters Affected by Restart with
Defaults Defaults (Continued)
Index Index
Parameter Name Initial Value Parameter Name Initial Value
Number Number
Resource Block AO Block (continued)
1 ST_REV 0 23 FSTATE_TIME 0
2 TAG_DESC spaces 24 FSTATE_VAL 0
3 STRATEGY 0 26 RCAS_IN
4 ALERT_KEY 0 Status BAD:
NoComm:
5 MODE_BLK
NoVal:
TARGET Auto
const
PERMITTED Auto or Out of Service
Value 0 Trk
NORMAL Auto
27 SHED_OPT All off
14 GRANT_DENY All bits: 0
PID Block Parameters
18 FEATURE_SEL Set by mfgr.
20 CYCLE_SEL 0:0 1 ST_REV 0
2 TAG_DESC spaces
26 SHED_RCAS 640000
3 STRATEGY 0
27 SHED_ROUT 640000
4 ALERT_KEY 0
28 FAULT_STATE 1=Clear
5 MODE_BLK
32 LIM_NOTIFY MAX_NOTIFY
TARGET Out of Service
33 CONFIRM_TIME 640000
PERMITTED OOS+MAN+AUTO+CAS+
34 WRITE_LOCK 1=Unlocked
RCAS+ROUT
37 ALARM_SUM
NORMAL Auto
DISABLED All bits: 0
8 SP Dynamic
38 ACK_OPTION Disabled 9 OUT Dynamic
39 WRITE_PRI 0 10 PV_SCALE
AO Block EU 100% 100
1 ST_REV 0 EU 0% 0
2 TAG_DESC spaces Engineering Units %
3 STRATEGY 0 Decimal Places 2
4 ALERT_KEY 0 11 OUT_SCALE
5 MODE_BLK EU 100% 100
TARGET Out of Service EU 0% 0
PERMITTED OOS+MAN+AUTO+CAS+RCAS Engineering Units %
NORMAL Auto Decimal Places 2
8 SP Dynamic 13 CONTROL_OPTS 0: Bypass enable
9 OUT Dynamic 14 STATUS_OPTS All off
11 PV_SCALE 15 IN
EU 100% 100 Status BAD:
EU 0% 0 NC:
Engineering Units % const
Decimal Places 2 Value 0
16 PV_FTIME 0
12 XD_SCALE
EU 100% 100 17 BYPASS 0
EU 0% 0 18 CAS_IN
Engineering Units % Status BAD:
Decimal Places 2 NC:
14 IO_OPTS All off const
15 STATUS_OPTS All off Value 0
19 SP_RATE_DN +INF
17 CAS_IN BAD:
20 SP_RATE_UP +INF
NC:
21 SP_HI_LIM 100
const
0 22 SP_LO_LIM 0
18 SP_RATE_DN +INF 23 GAIN 1
19 SP_RATE_UP +INF 24 RESET +INF
20 SP_HI_LIM 100 25 BAL_TIME 0
21 SP_LO_LIM 0 26 RATE 0
22 CHANNEL 1=analog valve input 27 BKCAL_IN
Status BAD:
-Continued-
NC:
const
Value 0
-Continued-
54
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Table 42. Parameters Affected by Restart with Table 42. Parameters Affected by Restart with
Defaults (Continued) Defaults (Continued)
Index Index
Parameter Name Initial Value Parameter Name Initial Value
Number Number
PID Block (continued) PID Block (continued)
28 OUT_HI_LIM 100 66 BIAS
29 OUT_LO_LIM 0 69 SP_FTIME 0
30 BKCAL_HYS 0.5% 70 MATHFORM 0
32 RCAS_IN 71 STRUCTURECONFIG 0
Status BAD: 72 GAMMA
NoCom: 73 BETA
NoVal: 74 IDEABAND 0
const ISEL Block
Value 0 Trk
1 ST_REV 0
33 ROUT_IN
2 TAG_DESC spaces
Status BAD:
3 STRATEGY 0
NoCom:
4 ALERT_KEY 0
NoVal:
const 5 MODE_BLK
Value 0 Trk TARGET Out of Service
PERMITTED OOS+MAN+AUTO
34 SHED_OPT 0
NORMAL Auto
37 TRK_SCALE
7 OUT
EU 100% 100
EU 0% 0 8 OUT_RANGE
Engineering Units % EU 100% 100
Decimal places 2 EU 0% 0
38 TRK_IN_D Engineering Units %
Status BAD: Decimal Places 2
NC: 10 STATUS_OPTS All off
const 11 IN_1
Value 0 Status BAD
39 TRK_VAL NC
Status BAD: cons
NC: Value 0
const 12 IN_2
Value 0 Status BAD
40 FF_VAL NC
Status BAD: cons
NC: Value 0
const 13 IN_3
Value 0 Status BAD
41 FF_SCALE NC
EU 100% 100 cons
EU 0% 0 Value 0
Engineering Units % 14 IN_4
Decimal Places 2 Status BAD
42 FF_GAIN 0 NC
45 ALARM_SUM cons
DISABLED 0 Value 0
46 ACK_OPTION Disabled 15 DISABLE_1
47 ALARM_HYS 0.5% Status BAD
48 HI_HI_PRI 0 NC
49 HI_HI_LIM +INF cons
50 HI_PRI 0 Value 0
51 HI_LIM +INF 16 DISABLE_2
52 LO_PRI 0 Status BAD
NC
53 LO_LIM -INF
54 LO_LO_PRI 0 cons
55 LO_LO_LIM -INF Value 0
-Continued-
56 DV_HI_PRI 0
57 DV_HI_LIM +INF
58 DV_LO_PRI 0
59 DV_LO_LIM -INF
-Continued-
55
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Table 42. Parameters Affected by Restart with Table 42. Parameters Affected by Restart with
Defaults (Continued) Defaults (Continued)
Index Index
Parameter Name Initial Value Parameter Name Initial Value
Number Number
ISEL Block (continued) ISEL Block (continued)
17 DISABLE_3 38 HI_HI_LIM 0
Status BAD 39 HI_PRI 0
NC 40 HI_LIM 0
cons 41 LO_PRI 0
Value 0 42 LO_LIM 0
18 DISABLE_4 43 LO_LO_PRI 0
Status BAD 44 LO_LO_LIM 0
NC 49 OUT_D
cons 50 ALM_SEL All bits: 0
Value 0
DI Block
19 SELECT_TYPE All off
1 ST_REV 0
20 MIN_GOOD 0
2 TAG_DESC spaces
22 OP_SELECT
3 STRATEGY 0
Status BAD
4 ALERT_KEY 0
NC
constant 5 MODE_BLK
Value 0 TARGET Out of Service
PERMITTED OOS+MAN+AUTO
25 IN_5
NORMAL Auto
Status BAD
8 OUT_D
NC
10 XD_STATE 0
cons
11 OUT_STATE 0
Value 0
13 IO_OPTS All off
26 IN_6
14 STATUS_OPTS All off
Status BAD
NC 15 CHANNEL 0
cons 16 PV_FTIME 0
Value 0 20 ALARM_SUM
DISABLED 0
27 IN_7
21 ACK_OPTION All off
Status BAD
22 DISC_PRI 0
NC
23 DISC_LIM 0
cons
Value 0 OS Block
28 IN_8 1 ST_REV 0
Status BAD 2 TAG_DESC spaces
NC 3 STRATEGY 0
cons 4 ALERT_KEY 0
Value 0
5 MODE_BLK
29 DISABLE_5 TARGET Out of Service
Status BAD PERMITTED OOS+MAN+AUTO
NC NORMAL AUTO+CAS
cons 7 SP
Value 0 8 OUT_1
30 DISABLE_6 9 OUT_2
Status BAD 10 OUT_1_RANGE
NC EU 100% 100
cons EU 0% 0
Value 0 Engineering Units %
31 DISABLE_7 Decimal Places 2
Status BAD 11 OUT_2_RANGE
NC EU 100% 100
cons EU 0% 0
Value 0 Engineering Units %
32 DISABLE_8 Decimal Places 2
Status BAD 13 STATUS_OPTS disabled
NC 14 CAS_IN
cons Status BAD
Value 0 NC
33 AVG_USE 0 const
34 ALARM_SUM Value 0
DISABLED 0 -Continued-
35 ACK_OPTION 0
36 ALARM_HYS 0.5%
37 HI_HI_PRI 0
-Continued-
56
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Table 42. Table Parameters Affected by Restart with Table 42. Parameters Affected by Restart with
Defaults (Continued) Defaults (Continued)
Index Index
Parameter Name Initial Value Parameter Name Initial Value
Number Number
OS Block (continued) MAI Block (continued)
19 BKCAL_1_IN 5 MODE_BLK
Status BAD TARGET Out of Service
NC PERMITTED OOS, MAN, AUTO
const NORMAL Auto
Value 0 7 CHANNEL
20 BKCAL_2_IN 8 OUT_1 TB.FINAL_VALUE
Status BAD 9 OUT_2 TB.TRAVEL_TARGET
NC 10 OUT_3 TB.FINAL_POSITION_VALUE
const 11 OUT_4 TB.TRAVEL
Value 0 12 OUT_5 TB.SUPPLY_PRESS
21 BAL_TIME 0 13 OUT_6 TB.ACT_PRESS_A
14 OUT_7 TB.ACT_PRESS_B
AI Block 15 OUT_8 TB.ACT_PRESS_DIFF
1 ST_REV 0 DO Block
2 TAG_DESC spaces
3 STRATEGY 0 1 ST_REV 0
4 ALERT_KEY 0 2 TAG_DESC spaces
3 STRATEGY 0
5 MODE_BLK 4 ALERT_KEY 0
TARGET Out of Service
PERMITTED OOS, MAN, AUTO 5 MODE_BLK
NORMAL Auto TARGET Out of Service
8 OUT PERMITTED OOS+MAN+AUTO+CAS+
10 XD_SCALE RCAS
EU at 100% 100 NORMAL AUTO+CAS
EU 0% 0 8 SP_D
Units Index % 9 OUT_D
Decimal point 2 11 PV_STATE 0
11 OUT_SCALE 12 XD_STATE 0
EU 100% 100 14 IO_OPTS All off
EU 0% 0 15 STATUS_OPTS All off
Units Index Trk s/b% 17 CAS_IN_D
Decimal point 2 Status BAD
13 I/O OPTS disabled NC
14 STATUS OPTS disabled const
15 CHANNEL 0 Value 0
16 L_TYPE 0 18 CHANNEL 22
17 LOW_CUT 0 19 FSTATE_TIME 0
18 PV_FTIME 0 20 FSTATE_VAL_D 0
22 ALARM_SUM 22 RCAS_IN_D
DISABLED 0 Status BAD
23 ACK_OPTION Disabled NoComm
24 ALARM_HYS 0.5% NoVal
25 HI_HI_PRI 0 const
26 HI_HI_LIM 0 Value 0
27 HI_PRI 0 23 SHED_OPT All off
28 HI_LIM 0 27 SP_RATE_UP 0
28 SP_RATE_DN 0
29 LO_PRI 0
30 LO_LIM 0 Transducer Block
31 LO_LO_PRI 0 1 ST_REV N/A
32 LO_LO_LIM 0 2 TAG_DESC NULL
37 OUT_D 3 STRATEGY 0
38 ALM_SEL unselected 4 ALERT_KEY 1
MAI Block 5 MODE_BLK
TARGET Out of Service
1 ST_REV 0 PERMITTED AUTO, MAN, OOS
2 TAG_DESC spaces NORMAL Auto
3 STRATEGY 0 87 PROTECTION None
4 ALERT_KEY 0
-Continued-
57
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
-Continued-
58
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
59
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
60
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
61
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
62
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
63
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
55
STBY_FIRMWARE_REV
STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_MAJOR 55.1 RO NA 0-255 *
Data Type: Uint8
STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_MINOR 55.2 RO NA 0-255 * Describes firmware revision information. This is
STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_BUILD 55.3 RO NA 0-255 * the revision of the alternative firmware.
STBY_IO_FIRMWARE_REV 55.4 RO NA 0-255 * *Initial value depends on revision of firmware in
standby.
STBY_DIAG_CAL_REV 55.5 RO NA 0-255 *
Data Type: Visible String
Describes firmware revision information.
*Initial value depends on revision of firmware in
STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_ALL 55.6 RO NA XX.XX.XX NA
standby. The range of this parameter consists of
55.1 through 55.5 values, converted to text, and
linked together.
Bits
0: AO
1: DO Data Type: Bit String
2: AI 0=disabled
All options
56 RO NA 3: DI 1=enabled
FB_AVAILABLE enabled
4: PID Indicates which function blocks are included in
5: ISEL the device.
6: OS
7: MAI
64
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating
parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains
static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
65
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Transducer Block
Overview
The transducer block accepts a signal from an output block as a set point to position a valve using a pneumatic
actuator. Input to the transducer block is in percent. Closed is 0%, and open is 100%. The transducer block contains
setup and calibration information and can be tuned to closely match the actuator. Input characterization permits
modifying the overall characteristic of the instrumentactuatorvalve combination in order to modify the installed gain
characteristic of the loop. The transducer block can also be used to perform instrument and valve diagnostics and
trigger performance alerts.
The following procedures address only the key transducer block parameters; however, all transducer block parameters
are listed in table 414.
Detailed Setup
Note
To setup and calibrate the instrument, the transducer block Mode must be Manual and the Protection must be None.
Modes
The transducer block can be in one of three modes (MODE_BLK [5]):
Automatic (Auto) This is the normal mode for this block. When the transducer block is in the auto mode, it accepts
the output from the AO or DO block as a set point and outputs a drive signal to the I/P converter based upon this set
point.
Out of Service (OOS) Placing the transducer block in Out of Service mode changes the output to the zero power
(no I/P drive) condition.
Field Communicator
Manual (MAN) Placing the transducer block in Manual will hold the value at the current setpoint (FINAL_VALUE
[13]). The transducer block will not accept changes from the AO or DO blocks. This mode is required to change some
parameters and to run some diagnostics.
Protection
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Protection
To configure any parameters in the digital valve controller Write Lock (WRITE_LOCK [34]), in the resource block, must
be set to Unlocked (refer to page 49). In addition, protection is provided for various transducer block parameters, as
66
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
indicated in the Protect Category column of table 414, to prevent inadvertently overwriting key data by the host
system or user.
All will protect all transducer block Parameters.
Setup and Calibration will protect only Setup and Calibration transducer block parameters.
Calibration will protect only Calibration transducer block parameters.
None will not protect any transducer block parameters.
Note
The Device Setup Auto Travel and Manual Travel methods automatically change transducer block protection for the user.
Response Control
Travel Tuning
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning
WARNING
Changes to the tuning set may cause the valve/actuator assembly to stroke. To avoid personal injury or property damage
caused by moving parts, keep hands, tools, and other objects away from the valve/actuator assembly.
Travel Tuning SetThere are eleven Travel Tuning Sets (TVL_TUNING_SET [42.10]) to choose from. Each tuning set
provides a preselected value for the digital valve controller gain settings.
Tuning set C provides the slowest response and M provides the fastest response. Table 48 lists the proportional gain,
velocity gain and minor loop feedback gain values for preselected tuning sets.
In addition, you can specify Expert tuning and individually set the proportional gain, velocity gain, and minor loop
feedback gain. Individually setting or changing any tuning parameter will automatically change the tuning set to X
(expert).
Table 48. Gain Values for Preselected Travel Tuning Sets
Tuning Set Travel Proportional Gain Travel Velocity Gain Travel Minor Loop Feedback Gain
C 4.4 3.0 35
D 4.8 3.0 35
E 5.5 3.0 35
F 6.2 3.1 35
G 7.2 3.6 34
H 8.4 4.2 31
I 9.7 4.8 27
J 11.3 5.6 23
K 13.1 6.0 18
L 15.5 6.0 12
M 18.0 6.0 12
X (Expert) User Adjusted User Adjusted User Adjusted
Note
Use Expert tuning if standard tuning has not achieved the desired results.
67
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Stabilize/Optimize may be used to achieve the desired results more rapidly than Expert tuning.
Table 32 provides tuning set selection guidelines for Fisher and Baumann actuators. These tuning sets are
recommended starting points. After you finish setting up and calibrating the instrument, you may have to select either
a higher or lower tuning set to get the desired response.
For an actuator not listed in table 32, you can estimate a starting tuning set by calculating the casing or cylinder
volume. Then, find an actuator in table 32 with the closest equivalent volume and use the tuning set suggested for
that actuator.
Travel Proportional GainTravel Proportional Gain (SERVO_GAIN [18]) is the proportional gain for the travel control
tuning set. Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert.
Travel Velocity GainTravel Velocity Gain (SERVO_RATE [20]) is the velocity gain for the travel control tuning set.
Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert.
Travel MLFB GainTravel MLFB Gain (TVL_MLFB_GAIN [44.5]) is the minor loop feedback gain for the travel control
tuning set. Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert.
Travel Integral EnableTravel Integral Enable (TVL_INTEG_ENABLE [44.1]) is used to enable the integral setting to
improve static performance by correcting for error that exists between the travel target and actual travel.
Travel Integral GainTravel Integral Gain (SERVO_RESET [19]) (also called reset) is the ratio of the change in output
to the change in input, based on the control action in which the output is proportional to the time integral of the
input.
Travel Integral Dead ZoneTravel Integral Dead Zone (TVL_INTEG_DEADZ [44.4]) is a window around the Primary
Setpoint in which the integral action is disabled. The dead band is configurable from 0 to 2%.
Travel Integral Limit HiTravel Integral Limit Hi (TVL_INTEG_LIM_HI [44.2]) provides an upper limit to the integrator
output. The high limit is configurable from 0 to 100% of the I/P drive signal.
Travel Integral Limit LoThe Travel Integral Limit Lo (TVL_INTEG_LIM_LO [44.3]) provides a lower limit to the
integrator output. The low limit is configurable from -100 to 0% of the I/P drive signal.
Performance Tuner
WARNING
During performance tuning the valve may move, causing process fluid or pressure to be released. To avoid personal injury
and property damage caused by the release of process fluid or pressure, isolate the valve from the process and equalize
pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the process fluid.
Performance Tuner is used to determine digital valve controller tuning. It will move the valve slightly and monitor the
effects of small tuning changes until an optimum control response is achieved. Because the Performance Tuner can
detect internal instabilities before they become apparent in the travel response, it can generally optimize tuning more
effectively than manual tuning.
Stabilize/Optimize
WARNING
During Stabilize/Optimize the valve may move, causing process fluid or pressure to be released. To avoid personal injury
and property damage caused by the release of process fluid or pressure, isolate the valve from the process and equalize
pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the process fluid.
68
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
If after completing initial setup and calibration the valve cycles or overshoots, or is sluggish, you can improve
operation by running Stabilize/Optimize.
Stabilize/Optimize is included with the device description (DD) firmware. Stabilize/Optimize is accessible from the
transducer block and permits changing the transducer block set point a small amount to see if the valve is unstable or
unresponsive. If valve response is unsatisfactory, the method permits adjusting the digital valve controller tuning to
improve response.
If the valve is unstable, select Decrease Response to stabilize valve operation. This selects the next lower tuning set
(e.g., F to E). If the valve response is sluggish, select Increase Response to make the valve more responsive. This selects
the next higher tuning set (e.g., F to G).
If after selecting Decrease Response or Increase Response the valve travel overshoot is excessive, Increase Damping or
Decrease Damping can be used to select a damping value not represented in a predefined tuning set. Select Decrease
Damping to select a damping value that allows more overshoot. Select Increase Damping to select a damping value that
will decrease the overshoot.
When valve operation is satisfactory, select Exit. Before exiting, you are asked if you want to return the transducer
block mode to Auto. Select Yes to change the transducer block mode to Auto. Select No to leave the transducer block
in its current mode.
Pressure Tuning
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning
WARNING
Changes to the tuning set may cause the valve/actuator assembly to stroke. To avoid personal injury or property damage
caused by moving parts, keep hands, tools, and other objects away from the valve/actuator assembly.
There are twelve Pressure Tuning Sets (PRESS_TUNING_SET [42.11]) to choose from. Each tuning set provides a
preselected value for the digital valve controller gain settings.
Tuning set C provides the slowest response and M provides the fastest response. Tuning set B is appropriate for
controlling a pneumatic positioner. Table 49 lists the proportional gain, pressure integrator gain and minor loop
feedback gain values for preselected tuning sets.
In addition, you can specify Expert tuning and individually set the pressure proportional gain, pressure integrator gain,
and pressure minor loop feedback gain. Individually setting or changing any tuning parameter will automatically
change the tuning set to X (expert).
69
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Note
Use Expert tuning only if standard tuning has not achieved the desired results.
Stabilize/Optimize may be used to achieve the desired results more rapidly than Expert tuning.
Travel/Pressure StateTravel/Pressure State (TVL_PRESS.STATE [41.2]) indicates if the instrument is being used for
travel control (position control) or as an I/P (pressure control)
Travel/Pressure Select
CAUTION
When using Pressure Fallback Manual Recovery or Pressure Fallback Auto Recovery, the valve travel has the potential of
moving rapidly causing potential process instability when returning to Travel Control.
70
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Note
Travel / Pressure Select must be set to Travel for double acting actuators.
Travel / Pressure Select (TVL_PRESS_SELECT [41.1]) determines if the instrument is setup for position or pressure
control. Select Travel, Pressure, Travel with Pressure Fallback/Auto recovery or Travel with Pressure Fallback/Manual
Recovery. If the travel sensor fails, and Travel with Pressure Fallback/Auto Recovery is selected, it will return to travel
control when the travel sensor starts working again. Travel with Pressure Fallback/Manual recovery will stay in pressure
control until Travel Pressure Select is changed to Travel or Travel with Pressure Fallback/Auto recovery. It is not
necessary to enable the Travel Sensor Alert for Pressure Fallback to occur.
Travel Deviation Pressure FallbackTravel Deviation Pressure Fallback occurs when the instrument detects that the
travel sensor is outside of its normal range of operation or that a gross deviation exists between set point and actual
travel. It switches to Pressure Control and no longer uses the travel sensor to position the valve.
Travel Cutoff HiTravel Cutoff Hi (FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_HI [15]) defines the high cutoff point for the travel in
percent (%) of precharacterized setpoint. Above this cutoff, the travel target is set to 123.0% of the ranged travel.
Travel Cutoff Hi is deactivated by setting it to 125.0%.
Travel Cutoff LoTravel Cutoff Lo (FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_LO [16]) defines the low cutoff point for the travel in
percent (%) of precharacterized setpoint. Below this cutoff, the travel target is set to -23%. A Travel Cutoff Lo of
0.5% is recommended to help ensure maximum shutoff seat loading. Travel Cutoff Lo is deactivated by setting it to
-25.0%
Pressure Cutoff OpenPressure Cutoff Open (PRESS_CUTOFF_HI [47.1]) defines the high cutoff point for the
pressure in percent (%) of precharacterized setpoint. Above this cutoff, the pressure target is set to 123.0%. A
Pressure Cutoff Open of 99.5% is recommended to ensure valve goes fully open. Pressure Cutoff Hi is deactivated by
setting it 125%.
Pressure Cutoff ClosedPressure Cutoff Closed (PRESS_CUTOFF_LO [47.2]) defines the low cutoff point for the
pressure in percent (%) of precharacterized setpoint. Below this cutoff, the pressure target is set to -23%. A Pressure
Cutoff Closed of 0.5% is recommended to help ensure maximum shutoff seat loading. Pressure Cutoff Closed is
deactivated by setting it to -25.0%
Pressure Range HiPressure Range Hi (PRESS_RANGE_HI [42.7]) is the high end of output pressure range. Enter the
pressure that corresponds with 100% valve travel when Zero Power Condition is closed, or 0% valve travel when
Zero Power Condition is open. This pressure must be greater than the Pressure Range Lo.
Pressure Range LoPressure Range Lo (PRESS_RANGE_LO [42.8]) is the low end of the output pressure range. Enter
the pressure that corresponds to 0% valve travel when Zero Power Condition is closed, or 100% valve travel when
Zero Power Condition is open. The pressure must be less than the Pressure Range Hi.
Input Characterization
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Input Characterization
Input Characterization (INPUT_CHAR [50]) defines the relationship between the travel target and the setpoint
received from the output block. Travel target is the output from the characterization function.
71
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
You can select from the three fixed input characteristics shown in figure 41 or you can select a custom characteristic.
Figure 41 shows the relationship between the travel target and travel set point for the fixed input characteristics.
You can specify 21 points on a custom characteristic curve. Each point defines a travel target, in % of ranged travel, for
a corresponding set point, in % of ranged set point. Set point values range from -25.0% to 125%. Before modification,
the custom characteristic is linear. You cannot modify the custom points if the Input Characterization (INPUT_CHAR
[50]) is set to custom.
Figure 41. Travel Target Versus Ranged Set Point, for Various Input Characteristics (Zero Power Condition = Closed)
125 125
100 100
Travel Target, %
Travel Target, %
0 0
-25 -25
-25 0 Set Point, % 100 125 -25 0 Set Point, % 100 125
Input Characteristic Linear Input Characteristic Equal Percentage
125
100
Travel Target, %
-25
-25 0 Set Point, % 100 125
72
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Outblock Selection
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Outblock Selection
Outblock Selection (OUTBLOCK_SEL [96]) defines which output function block will control the setpoint of the valve.
The output block that is not selected will shed its mode to reflect that it does not have control of the valve.
Alerts
The DVC6200f provides two levels of alerts; Instrument alerts and PlantWeb alerts.
PlantWeb Alerts
Some instrument alert conditions can also be used to trigger PlantWeb alerts that will be reported in Failed,
Maintenance or Advisory categories, as configured by the user. PlantWeb alerts, when enabled, can participate in the
DeltaV alarm interface tools such as the alarm banner, alarm list and alarm summary.
When a PlantWeb alert occurs, the DVC6200f sends an event notification and waits a specified period of time for an
acknowledgment to be received. This occurs even if the condition that caused the alert no longer exists. If the
acknowledgment is not received within the prespecified timeout period, the event notification is retransmitted. This
reduces the possibility of alert messages getting lost.
Note
Additional details on setting up and using PlantWeb Alerts can be found in Appendix D of this manual.
Electronics Alerts
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts
Drive Current
Drive CurrentDrive Current (DRIVE_CURRENT [54]) displays the measured Drive Current actually flowing through
the I/P converter in percent of maximum drive.
Drive Current AlertThis alert is active when the difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual
Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Time.
Drive Current Alert EnableWhen enabled Drive Current Alert Enable activates the Drive Current Alert.
Drive Current ShutdownThe Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or disabling Self
Test Shutdown for the Drive Current alert. When enabled, and the alert condition is present, the transducer Actual
73
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
mode is placed Out of Service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the Zero Power Condition and will
no longer execute transducer control function.
Drive Current Alert PointThe Drive Current Alert Point (DRIVE_CURRENT_ALRT_PT [76.4]) is when the absolute
difference between the Drive Current and Drive Signal exceeds the set threshold for greater than the Drive Current
Alert Time.
Drive Current Alert TimeThe Drive Current Alert Time (DRIVE_CURRENT_TIME [76.5]) is the maximum time that
the Drive Current Alert Point can be exceeded before the Drive Current Alert is active.
Drive Signal
Drive SignalThe Drive Signal (DRIVE_SIGNAL [53]) displays the commanded Drive Signal being sent to the I/P
converter as a percentage of the maximum drive.
The Drive Signal Alert is active if one of the following conditions exist:
Drive Signal Alert EnableWhen enabled Drive Signal Alert Enable activates the Drive Signal Alert.
Processor Impaired
Program Memory AlertThis alert is active if a pending Flash or NVM failure is present.
Program Memory Alert EnableWhen enabled Program Memory Alert Enable activates the Program Memory Alert.
Program Memory ShutdownThe Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or disabling
Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, and the Program Memory Alert is active, the transducer Actual mode is placed
out of service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute
transducer control function.
74
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to
Manual or Auto. In any case, the target mode will remain Out of Service, if the condition that caused the shutdown
remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled.
Static Memory AlertThis alert is active if a failure occurs in the FRAM memory where the static parameters are
stored.
Static Memory Alert EnableWhen enabled Static Memory Alert Enable activates the Static Memory Alert.
Static Memory ShutdownThe Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or disabling Self
Test Shutdown. When enabled, and the Static Memory Alert is active, the transducer Actual mode is placed out of
service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute
transducer control function.
Processor Alert EnableWhen enabled Processor Alert Enable activates the Processor Alert.
I/O Processor AlertThis alert is active if a failure occurs in the I/O processor.
I/O Processor ShutdownThe Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or disabling Self
Test Shutdown. When enabled, and the I/O Processor Alert is active, the transducer Actual mode is placed out of
service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute
transducer control function.
I/O Processor Man RecoveryShutdown Recovery (SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY [76.2]) permits enabling or disabling
Automatic recovery from Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, the transducer block will return to Target mode when
the condition that caused I/O Processor Shutdown clears. If not enabled, the transducer block will remain Out of
Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or
Auto. In any case, the target mode will remain Out of Service, if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or
until the shutdown trigger is disabled.
Configuration Alerts
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts
Output Block Timeout AlertThis alert is active if the analog or discrete output block has not executed for longer
than the configured timeout.
Output Block Timeout Alert EnableWhen enabled Output Block Timeout Alert Enable activates the Output Block
Timeout Alert.
Output Block Timeout ShutdownThe Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or
disabling Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, and the Output Block Timeout Alert is active, the transducer Actual
75
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
mode is placed out of service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no
longer execute transducer control function.
Output Block Timeout Manual RecoveryShutdown Recovery (SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY [76.2]) permits enabling or
disabling Manual recovery from Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, the transducer block will return to Target mode
when the condition that caused Output Block Timeout Shutdown clears. If not enabled, the transducer block will
remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to
Manual or Auto. In any case, the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown
remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled.
Output Block TimeoutThe Output Block Timeout (OUTPUT_BLK_TIMEOUT [76.3]) is the maximum time between
updates from the AO or DO block to the transducer block setpoint.
Blocks Set to Defaults AlertThis alert is active if the resource block has undergone Restart with Defaults. This will
stay active until the transducer block is changed from Out of Service.
Blocks Set to Defaults Alert EnableWhen enabled Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable activates the Blocks Set to
Default Alert.
Alert Key
The Alert Key (ALERT_KEY [4]) is the identification number of the plant unit. Devices in a loop or plant section can be
assigned with a common alert key to aid the operator in determining location of alerts.
Sensor Alerts
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts
Travel Sensor
Travel Sensor AlertThis alert is active if the Travel Sensor reading is outside the functional range, or the sensor
becomes disconnected.
Travel Sensor Alert EnableWhen enabled Travel Sensor Alert Enable activates the Travel Sensor Alert.
Travel Sensor ShutdownThe Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or disabling Self
Test Shutdown. When enabled, and the Travel Sensor alert is active, the transducer Actual mode is placed out of
service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute
transducer control function.
Pressure Sensors
Pressure A Sensor AlertThis alert is active if the Port A Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
Pressure A Sensor Alert EnableWhen enabled Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable activates the Pressure A Sensor Alert.
76
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Pressure A Sensor ShutdownThe Shutdown Trigger (SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER [76.1]) permits enabling or disabling
Self Test Shutdown. When enabled, and the Port A Pressure Sensor Alert is active, the transducer Actual mode is
placed out of service. The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer
execute transducer control function.
Pressure B Sensor AlertThis alert is active if the Port B Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
Pressure B Sensor Alert EnableWhen enabled Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable activates Pressure B Sensor Alert.
Supply Pressure Sensor AlertThis alert is active if the Supply Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional
range.
Supply Pressure Sensor Alert EnableWhen enabled Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable activates the Supply
Pressure Sensor Alert.
Pressure Fallback
Pressure Fallback AlertThis alert is active if a travel sensor failure or a gross travel deviation has resulted in fallback
to pressure control.
Pressure Fallback Alert EnableWhen enabled Pressure Fallback Alert Enable activates the Pressure Fallback Alert.
Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor AlertThis alert is active if the Temperature Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
Temperature Sensor Alert EnableWhen enabled Temperature Sensor Alert Enable activates the Temperature
Sensor Alert.
Environment Alerts
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts
Supply Pressure
SupplySupply (SUPPLY_PRESSURE.VALUE [35.2]) displays the instrument supply pressure in kPa, bar, or psi.
Supply Pressure Hi AlertThis alert is active when the supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point.
Supply Pressure Hi Alert EnableWhen enabled Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable activates Supply Pressure Hi Alert.
Supply Pressure Hi Alert PointThe Supply Pressure Hi Alert is active when supply pressure exceeds the Supply
Pressure Hi Alert Point (SUP_PRES_HI_ALRT_PT [76.8]).
Supply Pressure Lo AlertThis alert is active when the supply pressure is lower than the Supply Pressure Lo Alert
Point.
77
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Supply Pressure Lo Alert EnableWhen enabled Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable activates Supply Pressure Lo Alert.
Supply Pressure Lo Alert PointSupply Pressure Lo Alert Point (SUP_PRES_LO_ALRT_PT [76.9]). When the supply
pressure falls below the supply pressure alert point, the supply pressure alert is active. To disable the supply
pressure alert, set Supply Pressure Alert Point to zero.
Temperature Limit
TemperatureDegrees Fahrenheit or Celsius. The temperature (TEMPERATURE [48]) is measured from a sensor
mounted on the digital valve controller's printed wiring board.
Temperature Hi AlertThis alert is active if the temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Point.
Temperature Hi Alert EnableWhen enabled Temperature Hi Alert Enable activates the Temperature Hi Alert.
Temperature Hi Alert PointThe Temperature Hi Alert is active when the instrument temperature exceeds the
Temperature Hi Alert Point (TEMP_HI_ALRT_PT [76.6]).
Temperature Lo AlertThis alert is active if the temperature is lower than the Temperature Lo Alert Point.
Temperature Lo Alert EnableWhen enabled Temperature Lo Alert Enable activates the Temperature Lo Alert.
Temperature Lo Alert PointThe Temperature Lo Alert is active when the instrument temperature is lower than the
Temperature Lo Alert Point (TEMP_LO_ALRT_PT [76.7]).
Travel Alerts
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts
Note
The alerts contained in this section are valid for both travel and pressure control.
Travel Target
Travel
Travel (TRAVEL.VALUE [34.2]) displays the actual position of the valve in percent (%) of calibrated travel.
Travel Deviation
Travel DeviationTravel Deviation (TRAVEL_DEVIATION [52]) displays the absolute difference in percent between
Travel Target and Actual Travel.
Travel Deviation AlertThis alert is active if the Travel deviation exceeds the Travel Deviation Alert Point by more
than the Travel Deviation Time.
Travel Deviation Alert EnableWhen enabled Travel Deviation Alert Enable actives the Travel Deviation Alert.
78
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Travel Deviation Alert PointThe Travel Deviation Alert Point (TVL_DEV_ALRT_PT [77.1]) is the alert point for the
difference, expressed in percent (%), between the travel target and the actual travel. When the difference exceeds
the alert point for more than the Travel Deviation Time, the Travel Deviation Alert is set.
Travel Deviation TimeTravel Deviation Time (TVL_DEV_TIME [77.2]) is the time, in seconds, that the travel
deviation must exceed the Travel Deviation Alert Point before the alert is set.
Travel Deviation DeadbandTravel Deviation Deadband (TVL_DEV_DB [77.3]) is the travel in percent threshold (%)
of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Deviation alert, once it has been set. See figure 42.
ALERT IS SET
TRAVEL ALERT
HIGH POINT
TRAVEL ALERT
DEADBAND
ALERT IS CLEARED
A6532
Travel Limit
Travel Hi Hi AlertThis alert is active if the Travel exceeds the Travel Hi Hi Alert point.
Travel Hi Hi Alert EnableWhen enabled Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable activates the Travel Hi Hi Alert.
Travel Hi Hi Alert PointTravel Hi Hi Alert Point (TVL_HI_HI_ALRT_PT [77.18]) is the value of the travel, in percent
(%) of ranged travel, which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Alert Hi Hi alert.
Travel Hi Hi DeadbandTravel Hi Hi Deadband (TVL_HI_HI_DB [77.19]) is the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel,
required to clear a Travel Hi Hi alert, once it has been set. See figure 42.
Travel Lo Lo AlertThis alert is active if the Travel is lower than the Travel Lo Lo Alert point.
Travel Lo Lo Alert EnableWhen enabled Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable activates the Travel Lo Lo Alert.
Travel Lo Lo Alert PointThe Travel Lo Lo alert is set when the value of the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel,
goes below the Travel Lo Lo Alert Point (TVL_LO_LO_ALRT_PT [77.12]).
Travel Lo Lo DeadbandTravel Lo Lo Deadband (TVL_LO_LO_DB [77.13]) is the travel, in percent (%) of ranged
travel, required to clear a Travel Lo Lo alert once it has been set. See figure 43.
79
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
ALERT IS CLEARED
TRAVEL ALERT
DEADBAND
TRAVEL ALERT
ALERT IS SET LO POINT
A65321
Travel Hi/Lo
Travel Hi AlertThis alert is active if the Travel exceeds the Travel Hi Alert point.
Travel Hi Alert EnableWhen enabled Travel Hi Alert Enable activates the Travel Hi Alert.
Travel Hi Alert PointTravel Hi Alert is set if the ranged travel rises above the Travel Hi Alert Point (TVL_HI_ALRT_PT
[77.16]). Once the alert is set, the ranged travel must fall below the alert high point set by the Travel Hi Deadband
before the alert is cleared. See figure 42.
Travel Hi DeadbandTravel Hi Deadband (TVL_HI_DB [77.17]) is the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel, required
to clear a Travel Hi Alert, once it has been set. See figure 42.
Travel Lo AlertThis alert is active if the Travel is lower than the Travel Lo Alert point.
Travel Lo Alert EnableWhen enabled Travel Lo Alert Enable activates the Travel Lo alert.
Travel Lo Alert PointThe Travel Alert Lo alert is set when the value of the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel,
goes below the Travel Lo Alert Point (TVL_LO_ALRT_PT [77.14]).
Travel Lo DeadbandTravel Lo Deadband (TVL_LO_DB [77.15]) is the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel,
required to clear a travel lo alert, once it has been set. See figure 43.
Proximity Alerts
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts
Note
See page 207 for additional details on using Proximity detection.
Travel
Travel displays the actual position of the valve in percent (%) of calibrated travel.
80
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Travel Open
Travel Open AlertThis alert is active if the Travel is greater than the Travel Open Alert Point.
Travel Open Alert EnableWhen enabled Travel Open Alert Enable activates the Travel Open Alert.
Travel Open Alert PointTravel Open Alert Point (TVL_OPEN_ALRT_PT [77.8]) is the value of the travel in percent
(%) or ranged travel, which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Open Alert.
Travel Open DeadbandTravel Open Deadband (TVL_OPEN_DB [77.9]) is the travel in percent (%) of ranged travel
required to clear a Travel Open alert, once it has been set.
Travel Closed
This alert is active if the Travel is lower than the Travel Closed Alert Point.
Travel Closed AlertThis alert is active is the Travel goes below the Travel Closed Alert Point.
Travel Closed Alert EnableWhen enabled Travel Closed Alert Enable activates the Travel Closed Alert.
Travel Closed Alert PointThe Travel Closed Alert is set when the value of the travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel,
goes below the Travel Closed Alert Point (TVL_CLOSED_ALRT_PT [77.10]).
Travel Closed DeadbandTravel Closed Deadband (TVL_CLOSED_DB [77.11]) is the travel in percent (%) of ranged
travel required to clear a Travel Closed alert, once it has been set.
Proximity
Proximity Hi Hi AlertThis alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Hi Alert Point
and the Travel Hi Hi Deadband.
Proximity Hi Hi Alert EnableWhen enabled Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable activates the Proximity Hi Hi Alert.
Proximity Hi AlertThis alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Alert Point and
the Travel Hi Deadband.
Proximity Hi Alert EnableWhen enabled Proximity Hi Alert Enable activates the Proximity Hi Alert.
Proximity Lo AlertThis alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Alert Point and
the Travel Lo Deadband.
Proximity Lo Alert EnableWhen enabled Proximity Lo Alert Enable activates the Proximity Lo Alert.
Proximity Lo Lo AlertThis alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Lo Alert Point
and the Travel Lo Lo Deadband.
Proximity Lo Lo Alert EnableWhen enabled Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable activates the Proximity Lo Lo Alert.
81
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Cycle Counter
Cycle CounterThe Cycle Counter (CYCLE_COUNT [73]) records the number of times the travel changes direction.
The change in direction must occur after the deadband has been exceeded before it can be counted as a cycle. See
figure 44. You can reset the Cycle Counter by configuring it as zero.
Point at which
Deadband Reference cycle is counted
Point
Deadband (+/- 5%)
A65331
Cycle Counter AlertThis alert is active if the Cycle Counter exceeds the Cycle Counter Alert Point. It is cleared after
you reset the Cycle Counter to a value less than the alert point.
Cycle Counter Alert EnableWhen enabled Cycle Counter Alert Enable activates checking of the difference between
the Cycle Counter and the Cycle Counter Alert point.
Cycle Counter Alert PointCycle Counter Alert Point (CYCLE_COUNT_ALRT_PT [77.6]) is the value of the Cycle
Counter, in cycles, which, when exceeded, sets the Cycle Counter Alert.
Cycle Counter DeadbandCycle Counter Deadband (CYCLE_COUNT_DB [77.7]) is the area around the travel
reference point, in percent (%) of ranged travel, that was established at the last increment of the Cycle Counter. This
area must be exceeded before a change in travel direction can be counted as a cycle. See figure 44.
Travel Accumulator
Travel AccumulatorTravel Accumulator (TRAVEL_ACCUM [72]) records the total change in travel, in percent (%) of
ranged travel, since the accumulator was last cleared. The value of the Travel Accumulator increments when the
magnitude of the change exceeds the Travel Accumulator Deadband. See figure 45. You can reset the Travel
Accumulator by configuring it to zero.
82
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Travel Accumulator AlertThis alert is active if the Travel Accumulator exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point.
The Travel Accumulator Alert is set when the Travel Accumulator value exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point.
It is cleared after you reset the Travel Accumulation to a value less than the alert point.
Travel Accumulator Alert EnableWhen enabled Travel Accumulator Alert Enable activates checking of the
difference between the Travel Accumulator value and the Travel Accumulator Alert Point.
Travel Accumulator Alert PointTravel Accumulator Alert Point (TVL_ACCUM_ALRT_PT [77.4]) is the value of the
Travel Accumulator, in percent (%) of ranged travel, which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Accumulator Alert.
Travel Accumulator DeadbandTravel Accumulator Deadband (TVL_ACCUM_DB [77.5]) is the area around the
travel reference point, in percent (%) of ranged travel, that was established at the last increment of the
accumulator. This area must be exceeded before a change in travel can be accumulated. See figure 45.
Performance Alerts
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts
Note
Performance Alerts are only available with a PD tier instrument. Additionally, for the PD alerts to function properly:
The transducer block mode must not be out of service.
The travel/pressure control state must be in travel control mode, and
Bench Set Hi, Bench Set Lo, and Nominal Supply Pressure must be set in the Spec Sheets, then enable the Performance
Information instrument alert (PERF_ENABLE [75.7]).
PD Inside Status
83
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
PD Run
PD Run enables or disables Performance Diagnostics in the instrument (PD Inside). Selecting PD Off disables PD Inside.
Selecting PD On enables PD Inside.
Performance Critical
Performance Critical AlertThis alert is active if the instrument is no longer able to control the valve or performance
has been dramatically reduced.
Performance Critical Alert EnableWhen enabled Performance Critical Alert Enable activates the Performance
Critical Alert.
Performance Reduced
Performance Reduced AlertThis alert is active if the instrument has detected a reduction in performance.
Performance Reduced Alert EnableWhen enabled Performance Reduced Alert Enable activates the Performance
Reduced Alert.
Performance Information
Performance Information AlertThis alert is active if the instrument has detected a condition that may pertain to
control performance.
Performance Information Alert EnableWhen enabled Performance Information Alert Enable activates the
Performance Information Alert.
Failed EnableFailed Enable (FAILED_ENABLE [62]) enables or disables conditions that can cause a failed alert. A
failed alert indicates a failure within the device that will make the device or some part of the device nonoperational.
Table D2 lists the available PlantWeb alerts.
Maintenance EnableMaintenance Enable (MAINT_ENABLE [63]) enables or disables conditions that can cause a
maintenance alert. A maintenance alert indicates the device or some part of the device needs maintenance soon.
Table D2 lists the available PlantWeb alerts.
Advise EnableAdvise Enable (ADVISE_ENABLE [64]) enables or disables conditions that can cause an advisory alert.
An advisory alert indicates informative conditions that do not have a direct impact on the device's primary
functions. Table D2 lists the available PlantWeb alerts.
Failed SuppressFailed Suppress (FAILED_MASK [65]) determines which of the failed alert conditions are
suppressed so that they are not reported. Even if reporting is suppressed, the bit in Failed Active (FAILED_ACTIVE
[59]) is still set.
Maintenance SuppressMaintenance Suppress (MAINT_MASK [66]) determines which of the maintenance alert
conditions are suppressed so that they are not reported. Even if reporting is suppressed, the bit in Maintenance
Active (MAINT_ACTIVE [60]) is still set.
84
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Advise SuppressAdvise Suppress (ADVISE_MASK [67]) determines which of the advise alert conditions are
suppressed so that they are not reported. Even if reporting is suppressed, the bit in Advise Active (ADVISE_ACTIVE
[61]) is still set.
Instrument
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument
Tag DescriptionThe Tag Description (TAG_DESC [2]) is a 32 character description used to assign a unique
description to each block within the digital valve controller to describe the intended application for the block.
Pressure UnitsDefine the output and supply pressure units (PRESSURE_UNITS [90]) in either psi, bar, or kPa.
Temperature UnitsEnter the temperature units (TEMPERATURE_UNITS [89]) in degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius. The
temperature is measured from a sensor mounted on the digital valve controller's printed wiring board.
Travel UnitsDefine the units for valve travel (TVL_UNITS [91]) in inches, centimeters, millimeters or degrees.
Length UnitsDefine the units for valve dimensions (LENGTH_UNITS [92]) in inches, centimeters, or millimeters.
Area UnitsDefine the units for actuator area (AREA_UNITS [93]) in inches2, centimeter2 or millimeter2.
Spring Rate UnitsDefine the units for actuator spring rate (SPRING_RATE_UNITS [94]) in lbs/in2 or N/M.
Relay TypeEnter the Relay Type (RELAY_TYPE [42.5]).There are three categories of relays that result in
combinations from which to select.
Relay Type: The relay type is printed on the label affixed to the relay body:
A = doubleacting or single acting
B = singleacting, reverse
C= singleacting, direct
Special App: This is used in singleacting applications where the unused output port is configured to read the
pressure downstream of a solenoid valve. See page 33 for additional information.
Lo Bleed: The label affixed to the relay body indicates it is a low bleed version.
Zero Power ConditionZero Power Condition (ZERO_PWR_COND [42.2]) identifies whether the valve is open or
closed when instrument power is lost. If you are unsure how to set this parameter, disconnect the segment loop
power to the instrument. The resulting valve travel is the Zero Power Condition.
Maximum Supply PressureEnter the maximum supply pressure (MAX_SUPP_PRESS [42.6]) in psi, bar, or kPa,
depending on what was selected for pressure units.
Calibration LocationIndicates the location of the last instrument calibration (XD_CAL_LOC [29]).
Calibration DateEnter a date with the format MM/DD/YY. Date is a userdefined variable that provides a place to
save the date of the last calibration (XD_CAL_DATE [30]).
Last Calibration TypeIndicates the type of the last calibration performed on the instrument. Possible values are:
Not Calibrated, Single Point Calibration, Auto Calibration, Manual Calibration.
85
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Valve
Valve ManufacturerEnter the identification number of the manufacturer of the valve (VALVE_MAN_ID [25]) on
which the instrument is mounted. Select from the dropdown list or enter the manufacturer's identification number
as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. For Fisher, the manufacturer ID hex value is 005100.
Valve Model NumberEnter the valve model number (VALVE_MODEL_NUM [26]), (design letter or type number)
for the valve on which the instrument is mounted.
Valve Serial NumberEnter the serial number of the valve (VALVE_SN [27]) on which the instrument is mounted.
Valve StyleEnter the type of valve (VALVE_TYPE [28]), slidingstem or rotary, on which the instrument is mounted.
Valve SizeEnter the size of the valve (VALVE_SIZE [83.1]) on which the instrument is mounted.
Rated TravelEnter the valve rated travel (RATEDTRAVEL [83.3]) in inches or mm for sliding-stem valves, or in
degrees of rotation for rotary valves.
Actual TravelEnter the actual travel (ACTUAL_TRAVEL [83.4]) in inches or mm for sliding-stem valves, or in degrees
of rotation for rotary valves.
Shaft Stem DiameterEnter the valve stem diameter (SHAFT_STEM_DIA [83.5]) in inches or millimeters.
Outlet PressureEnter the valve outlet pressure (OUTLET_PRESSURE [83.8]) in psig, kPa, Bar, inHg, inH2O, or kg/cm2.
Trim
Port DiameterEnter the valve port diameter (PORT_DIAMETER [84.3]) in inches or mm.
Flow DirectionEnter the flow direction (FLOWDIRECTION [84.5]) through the valve.
Push Down ToEnter the effect on valve movement when the stem is moved down (PUSH_DOWN_TO [84.6]).
Flow Tends ToEnter the effect on valve travel with increasing flow (FLOW_TENDS_TO [84.7]).
Unbalanced AreaEnter the valve unbalanced area (UNBALANCED_AREA [84.8]) in in2 or mm2.
86
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Actuator
Actuator ManufacturerEnter the manufacturer's identification number (ACT_MAN_ID [22]) of the actuator on
which the instrument is mounted. Select from the dropdown list or enter the manufacturer's identification number
as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. For Fisher, the manufacturer ID hex value is 005100.
Actuator Model NumberEnter the type number for the actuator (ACT_MODEL_NUM [23]) on which the
instrument is mounted.
Actuator StyleSelect the Actuator Style (ACTUATOR_STYLE [42.1]), spring & diaphragm, piston doubleacting
without spring, piston singleacting with spring, or piston doubleacting with spring.
Actuator Serial NumberEnter the serial number (ACT_SN [24]) for the actuator on which the instrument is
mounted.
Actuator SizeEnter the size of the actuator (ACTUATOR_SIZE [85.1]) on which the instrument is mounted.
Actuator Fail ActionSets actuator action to be performed upon loss of actuator air pressure (ACT_FAIL_ACTION
[21]).
View / Edit Feedback ConnectionRefer to table 410 for Feedback Connection options. Choose the assembly that
matches the actuator travel range.
Note
As a general rule, do not use less than 60% of the magnet assembly travel range for full travel measurement. Performance will
decrease as the assembly is increasingly subranged.
The linear magnet assemblies have a valid travel range indicated by arrows molded into the piece. This means that the hall sensor
(on the back of the DVC6200f housing) has to remain within this range throughout the entire valve travel. See figure 22. The
linear magnet assemblies are symmetrical. Either end may be up.
WARNING
If you answer YES to the prompt for permission to move the valve when setting the Travel Sensor Motion, the instrument
will move the valve through its full travel range. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of
87
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
pressure or process fluid, isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the
process fluid.
Travel Sensor Motion (TRAVEL_SEN_MOTION [42.3]) establishes the proper valve travel sensor (feedback)
rotation/movement. For quarterturn actuators determine rotation by viewing the rotation of the magnet assembly
from the back of the instrument.
Note
Travel Sensor Motion in this instance refers to the motion of the magnet assembly. Note that the magnet assembly may be
referred to as a magnetic array in user interface tools.
For instruments with relay A or C If increasing air pressure at output A causes the magnet assembly to move up, or the
actuator shaft to rotate counterclockwise, enter Towards Top of Instrument/CCW. If it causes the magnet assembly
to move down, or the actuator shaft to rotate clockwise, enter Away From Top of Instrument/CW. For instruments
with relay B.
For instruments with relay B If decreasing air pressure at output B causes the magnet assembly to move up, or the
actuator shaft to rotate counterclockwise, enter Towards Top of Instrument/CCW. If it causes the magnet assembly
to move down, or the actuator shaft to rotate clockwise, enter Away From Top of Instrument/CW.
Lever StyleEnter the lever style (LEVER_STYLE [85.10]) for rotary actuators as either Pivot Point or Rack and Pinion.
Lever Arm LengthDefines the lever arm length (MOMENT_ARM [85.11]) for rotary actuators.
Effective AreaEnter the actuator effective area (EFFECTIVE_AREA [85.2]) in in2, cm2, or mm2.
AirSelect Opens or Closes, indicating the effect of increasing air pressure (AIR [85.3]) on the valve travel.
Upper Bench SetEnter the upper actuator operating pressure (UPPER_BENCH_SET [85.5]).
Lower Bench SetEnter the lower actuator operating pressure (LOWER_BENCH SET [85.4]).
Nominal Supply PressureEnter the nominal instrument supply pressure (NOMINAL_SUPPLY PRESSURE [85.6]).
Spring RateEnter the actuator spring rate (SPRING_RATE [85.7]) in lbsin or Nm.
Reference
Stroking Time OpenEnter the time required to stroke the valve from closed to open (STROKING_TIME_OPEN
[85.8]).
Stroking Time CloseEnter the time required to stroke the valve from open to close (STROKING_TIME_CLOSE
[85.9]).
88
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Allows the user to specify which transducer block parameter is available through each of the MAI Block channels
(MAI_CHANNEL_1 through MAI_CHANNEL_8 [95.1 through 95.8]). Transducer block parameters available to each
channel:
11 = FINAL_VALUE 18 = ACT_PRESS_DIFF
12 = TRAVEL_TARGET 19 = DRIVE_SIGNAL
13 = FINAL_POSITION_VALUE 10 = TRAVEL_DEVIATION
14 = TRAVEL 11 = TEMPERATURE
15 = SUPPLY_PRESS 12 = CYCLE_COUNT
16 = ACT_PRESS_A 13 = TRAVEL_ACCUM
17 = ACT_PRESS_B
89
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Alert Handling
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alert Handling
Block Errors
Table 413 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] and XD_ERR [11] parameters. Conditions in italics are not
applicable for the transducer block and are provided only for your reference.
Table 413. Transducer Block BLOCK_ERR and XD_ERROR Conditions
Condition Number Condition Name and Description
0 Other (N/A)
Block Configuration Error Indicates that one of the following parameters have been configured out of the proper range: 15,
1
16, 47.1, 47.2, 46.3, 46.5, 42.7, 42.8.
2 Link Configuration Error (N/A)
Simulate Active Indicates that the simulation jumper is in place on the aux terminals. This is not an indication that the I/O
3
blocks are using simulation data. See AO block parameter SIMULATE [10] and DO block parameter SIMULATE_D [10].
4 Local Override (N/A)
5 Device Fault State - (NA)
6 Maintenance Needed Soon (N/A)
7 Input failure/process variable has Bad status (N/A)
8 Output failure (N/A)
9 Memory failure (N/A)
10 Lost Static Data Indicates that manufacturing functional or thermal tests were incomplete
11 Lost NV Data (N/A)
12 Readback Check Failed (N/A)
13 Device Needs Maintenance Now Indicates that manufacturing functional or thermal tests were incomplete
14 Power Up (N/A)
15 Out of Service Indicates Out of Service Mode.
90
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Protection Category: Indicates whether or not the parameter is writable while the PROTECTION parameter
is set to a particular level.
-N/A indicates a readonly parameter that is never writable, regardless of the value of the PROTECTION parameter
-NONE indicates a readonly parameter that is always writable, regardless of the value of the PROTECTION parameter
-CAL indicates a parameter that is only writable while the value of the PROTECTION parameter is NONE.
-SETUP indicates a parameter that is only writable while the value of the PROTECTION parameter is NONE or CAL.
-ALL indicates a parameter that is writable while the value of the PROTECTION parameter is NONE, CAL, or SETUP & CAL.
91
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
92
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
93
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
35
SUPPLY_PRESSURE Data Type: DS65
Supply Pressure Status STATUS indicates the validity of
35.1 RO N/A N/A
STATUS VALUE. VALUE is pressure of air
Supply Pressure supply, controls AI channel 5.
35.2 RO N/A N/A
VALUE
94
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
95
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
96
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
43
TRAVEL_CAL
Travel Count Data Type: Uint16
43.1 RO N/A
TVL_COUNT Raw feedback from Travel Sensor
Travel Hi Calibration MAN <TVL_FAC_HI Data Type: Uint16
43.2 RW CAL
TVL_HI_CAL OOS >TVL_LO_CAL Maximum drive calibration point
Travel Lo Calibration MAN >TVL_FAC_LO Data Type: Uint16
43.3 RW CAL
TVL_LO_CAL OOS <TVL_HI_CAL Minimum drive calibration point
Travel Crossover MAN Data Type: Float
43.4 RW >0% < = 100% 50% CAL
TVL_CROSSOVER OOS Not used for the DVC6200f
Data Type: Uint16
Travel Fac Hi
43.5 RO N/A Set by Factory N/A Maximum value of travel sensor
TVL_FAC_HI
counts. Set at factory.
Data Type: Uint16
Travel Fac Lo
43.6 RO N/A Set by Factory N/A Minimum value of travel sensor
TVL_FAC_LO
counts. Set at factory.
Travel IP Bias MAN
43.7 RW 0% - 100% 70% CAL Data Type: Float
TVL_IP_BIAS OOS
Travel MLFB Bias MAN
43.8 RW 0 - 100% 50% CAL Data Type: Float
TVL_MLFB_BIAS OOS
0: Not Calibrated
Last Calibration Type MAN 1: Single Point Calibration
43.9 RW 2: Auto Calibration CAL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
TVL_CAL_TYPE OOS 2: Auto Calibration
3: Manual Calibration
44
TRAVEL_TUNE
Travel Integral Enable MAN 1=Off
44.1 RW 2=On SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
TVL_INTEG_ENABLE OOS 2=On
Travel Integral Limit Hi MAN
44.2 RW 0% - 100% 30% SETUP Data Type: Float
TVL_INTEG_LIM_HI OOS
Travel Integral Limit Lo MAN
44.3 RW -100% - 0% -30% SETUP Data Type: Float
TVL_INTEG_LIM_LO OOS
Travel Integral Dead Zone MAN
44.4 RW 0% - 2% 0.25% SETUP Data Type: Float
TVL_INTEG_DEADZ OOS
Travel MLFB Gain MAN
44.5 RW >=0 35 SETUP Data Type: Float
TVL_MLFB_GAIN OOS
-Continued-
97
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
45
TRAVEL_CAL_RUN
1: Operating
2: Autocalibrate
3: Not Used by DVC6200f
4: Mark Full Open
5: Mark Full Closed
6: Manual Calibrate Final
7: Abort
8: Clear Cal Status
9: Manual Calibrate Init
10: Manual Calibrate
Restore
11: Reset Travel Sensor
Error
Travel Calibration Command Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
45.1 RW MAN 12: Reserved 1=Operating CAL
TVL_CAL_CMD Resets to 1 after a write
13: Execute Performance
Tuner
14: Execute Performance
Tuner (Graphite Packing)
16: Execute Performance
Tuner (Booster)
17: Execute Performance
Tuner (Graphite Packing
and Booster)
19: Autocalibration, Set
Filter
20: Autocalibrate
Extended, Set Filter
Travel Calibration Prog
45.2 RO N/A 0% N/A Data Type: Uint8
TVL_CAL_PROG
0: auto cal complete
1: calibration complete
2: auto cal in progress
3: manual cal in progress
3: Not Used by DVC6200f
5: upper position marked
6: lower position marked
7: calibration error
Data Type: Bit String (2 bytes)
8: Performance Tuner
Travel Calibration Status All bits set to 0 when mode changes
45.3 RO N/A active no bits set N/A
TVL_CAL_STATUS from OOS. 0 = FALSE,
9: Performance Tuner
1 = TRUE
Success
10: Performance Tuner
Error (No movement)
11: Performance Tuner
Error (Accessories
unstable)
12: Performance Tuner
Error (Other)
Reserved
45.4 Reserved
TVL_CAL_RESERVED
-Continued-
98
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
46
PRESS_CAL
Supply Pressure Scale MAN
46.1 RW >0 CAL Data Type: Float
SUPP_PRESS_SCALE OOS
Supply Pressure Offset MAN
46.2 RW 0 to 16383 CAL Data Type: Uint16
SUPP_PRESS_OFFSET OOS
Pressure A Scale MAN
46.3 RW >0 CAL Data Type: Float
PRESS_A_SCALE OOS
Pressure A Offset MAN
46.4 RW 0 to 16383 CAL Data Type: Uint16
PRESS_A_OFFSET OOS
Pressure B Scale MAN
46.5 RW >0 CAL Data Type: Float
PRESS_B_SCALE OOS
Pressure B Offset MAN
46.6 RW 0 to 16383 CAL Data Type: Uint16
PRESS_B_OFFSET OOS
Pressure IP Bias MAN
46.7 RW 0-100% 70% CAL Data Type: Float
PRESS_IP_BIAS OOS
Pressure MLFB Bias MAN
46.8 RW 0-100% 50% CAL Data Type: Float
PRESS_MLFB_BIAS OOS
47
PRESS_TUNE
Pressure Cutoff Hi MAN -25 -125%,
47.1 RW 99.50% SETUP Data Type: Float
PRESS_CUTOFF_HI OOS > CUTOFF_LO
Pressure Cutoff Lo MAN
47.2 RW -25 -125% < CUTOFF_HI 0.50% SETUP Data Type: Float
PRESS_CUTOFF_LO OOS
Pressure Proportional Gain MAN Data Type: Float
47.3 RW > = 0, < 32 2.2 SETUP
PRESS_PROP_GAIN OOS Proportional gain
Pressure Integral Gain MAN Data Type: Float
47.4 RW > = 0, < 32 0.1 SETUP
PRESS_INTEG_GAIN OOS Integral resets per second
Pressure Rate Gain MAN Data Type: Float
47.5 RW > = 0, < = 512 0 SETUP
PRESS_RATE_GAIN OOS Derivative gain
Pressure Integral Dead Zone MAN Data Type: Float
47.6 RW = 0%, < = 2.0% 0.25% SETUP
PRESS_INTEG_DEADZ OOS Integrator Deadzone, 1/2 width
Pressure Integral Limit Hi MAN > = 0%, < = 100%, Data Type: Float
47.7 RW 20% SETUP
PRESS_INTEG_HI_LIM OOS >INTEG_LO Integrator limits
Pressure Integral Limit LO MAN < = 0%, > = -100%, Data Type: Float
47.8 RW -20% SETUP
PRESS_INTEG_LO_LIM OOS <INTEG_HI Integrator limits
Pressure Integral IC Hi MAN
47.9 RW >= -100%, < = 100% 12% Not used by the DVC6200f
PRESS_INTEG_IC_HI OOS
Pressure Integral IC Lo MAN
47.10 RW >= -100%, < = 100% -12% Not used by the DVC6200f
PRESS_INTEG_IC_LO OOS
Pressure MLFB Gain MAN
47.11 RW > 0, < = 100 35 SETUP Data Type: Float
PRESS_MLFB_GAIN OOS
Data Type: Float
Temperature
48 RO N/A N/A N/A Electronics temperature - Controls
TEMPERATURE
AI channel 11
Target Travel
49 RO
TRAVEL_TARGET
Data Type: DS65
Status MAN
49.1 RO N/A In Travel Control: Setpoint for valve
STATUS OOS
travel in %, post characterization.
In Pressure Control: Setpoint for
Value MAN implied valve travel as a % or
49.2 RO N/A pressure range, post
VALUE OOS
characterization.
1=Linear
2=Equal %
Input Characterization MAN
50 RW 3=Quick Opening 1=Linear SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
INPUT_CHAR OOS
4=Reserved
5=Custom
-Continued-
99
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
100
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
101
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
102
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
103
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
104
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
105
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
106
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
75
INST_ALERTS_ENABLE
Enabled Bits:
0:Drive Current 0: Drive Current
1:Drive Signal 1: Drive Signal
2:Program Memory 2: Program Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
Electronics Enable 3:Static Memory Memory 0=disable
75.1 RW ALL SETUP
ELECT_ENABLE 4:Processor 3: Static Memory 1=enable
5:I/O Processor 4: Processor Electronic Alerts Enable
6:Output Block Timeout 5: I/O Processor
7:Blocks Set to Defaults 7: Block Set to
Default
Enabled Bits:
0:Travel Sensor
0:Travel Sensor 1:Port A Pressure
1:Port A Pressure Sensor Sensor Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
Sensor Enable 2:Port B Pressure Sensor 2:Port B Pressure 0=disable
75.2 RW ALL SETUP
SENSOR_ENABLE 3:Supply Pressure Sensor 1=enable
Sensor 3:Supply Pressure Sensor Alerts Enable
4:Temperature Sensor Sensor
4:Temperature
Sensor
Enabled Bits:
0:Supply Pressure
0:Supply Pressure High Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
High
Environment Enable 1:Supply Pressure Low 0=disable
75.3 RW ALL 2:Temperature SETUP
ENVIRO_ENABLE 2:Temperature High 1=enable
High
3:Temperature Low Environment Alerts Enable
3:Temperature
Low
0:Travel Deviation
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
1:Travel High High Enabled Bits:
Travel Enable 0=disable
75.4 RW ALL 2:Travel Low Low 0:Travel SETUP
TRAVEL_ENABLE 1=enable
3:Travel High Deviation
Travel Alerts Enable
4:Travel Low
0:Travel Open
1:Travel Closed Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
Proximity Enable 2:Proximity High High 0=disable
75.5 RW ALL All bits: 0 SETUP
PROX_ENABLE 3:Proximity High 1=enable
4:Proximity Low Proximity Alerts Enable
5:Proximity Low Low
Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
Travel History Enable 0:Cycle Counter 0=disable
75.6 RW ALL All bits: 0 SETUP
TVL_HISTORY_ENABLE 1:Travel Accumulator 1=enable
Travel History Alerts Enable
Enabled Bits:
0:Performance Critical Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
0:Performance
Performance Enable 1:Performance Reduced 0=disable
75.7 RW ALL Critical SETUP
PERF_ENABLE 2:Performance 1=enable
1:Performance
Information Performance Alerts Enable
Reduced
-Continued-
107
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
76
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG
0:Drive Current
1:Program Memory
2:Static Memory Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
3:Processor or I/O 0=attempt control,
Shutdown Trigger
76.1 RW ALL Processor All bits: 0 SETUP 1=fail to zero drive e.g. OOS mode
SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER
4:Travel Sensor Action on specific instrument alerts:
5:Port A Pressure Sensor
6: Output Block Timeout
7-31:(Reserved)
0:(reserved)
1:Program Memory
2:Static Memory Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)
3:Processor or I/O 0=Auto
Shutdown Recovery
76.2 RW ALL Processor All bits: 0 SETUP 1=Manual
SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY
4:Travel Sensor Recovery action after a shutdown
5:Port A Pressure Sensor trigger fail to zero drive above,
6: Output Block Timeout
7-31:(Reserved)
Data Type: Float
Output Blk Timeout Time > = 0, < = 800 The maximum time between
76.3 RW ALL 600 sec SETUP
OUTPUT_BLK_TIMEOUT seconds updates from the AO or DO block to
the transducer block setpoint.
Data Type: Float
Drive Current Alert Point
76.4 RW ALL > = 5, < = 100 25% SETUP (percent different) drive signal not
DRIVE_CURRENT_ALRT_PT
reaching I/P accurately.
Data Type: Float
Drive Current Alert Time
76.5 RW ALL = 0.25, < = 120 seconds 5 sec SETUP (percent different) drive signal not
DRIVE_CURRENT_TIME
reaching I/P accurately.
Temperature Hi Alert Point Data Type: Float
76.6 RW ALL > -76 F, < 257 F 186 deg F SETUP
TEMP_HI_ALRT_PT Temperature HI Limits
Temperature Lo Alert Point Data Type: Float
76.7 RW ALL > -76 F, < 257 F -63 deg F SETUP
TEMP_LO_ALRT_PT Temperature LO Limits
Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point Data Type: Float
76.8 RW ALL > = 0, < = 150 145 psig SETUP
SUP_PRES_HI_ALRT_PT Maximum supply pressure
Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point Data Type: Float
76.9 RW ALL > = 0, < = 150 15 psig SETUP
SUP_PRES_LO_ALRT_PT Minimum supply pressure
77
INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2
Data Type: Float
Travel Deviation Alert Point
77.1 RW ALL > 0%, <= 125% 5% SETUP Alerts when difference between sp
TVL_DEV_ALRT_PT
and pv is too large for too long.
Travel Deviation Time
77.2 RW ALL > = 0, < = 120 seconds 10 sec SETUP Data Type: Float
TVL_DEV_TIME
Travel Deviation Deadband
77.3 RW ALL > = 0%, < = 100% 2% SETUP Data Type: Float
TVL_DEV_DB
Data Type: Uint32
Travel Accumulator Alert Point
77.4 RW ALL >=0 1,000,000 SETUP Alerts when accumulated travel is
TVL_ACCUM_ALRT_PT
too much
Travel Accumulator Deadband Data Type: Float
77.5 RW ALL 0 - 100% 1% SETUP
TVL_ACCUM_DB Deadband
Cycle Count Alert Point Alerts when number of cycles is too
77.6 RW ALL >=0 1,000,000 SETUP
CYCLE_COUNT_ALRT_PT large.
Cycle Count Deadband Data Type: Float
77.7 RW ALL 0 - 100% 1% SETUP
CYCLE_COUNT_DB Deadband
-Continued-
108
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
109
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
110
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
83
SPEC_SHEET_VALVE
Valve Size
83.1 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String
VALVE_SIZE
Valve Class
83.2 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String
VALVE_CLASS
Rated Travel
83.3 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float
RATEDTRAVEL
Actual Travel
83.4 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float
ACTUAL_TRAVEL
Shaft Stem Diameter
83.5 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float
SHAFT_STEM_DIA
Packing Type
83.6 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String
PACKING_TYPE
Inlet Pressure
83.7 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float
INLET_PRESSURE
Outlet Pressure
83.8 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float
OUTLET_PRESSURE
84
SPEC_SHEET_TRIM
Seat Type
84.1 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String
SEAT_TYPE
ANSI Seat Leakage
Classification
1: I
2: II
3: III
4: IV
5: V
6: VI
Leak Class 7: BFW
84.2 RW ALL 1= I ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
LEAK_CLASS 8: STD AIR
9: BFW II
10: BFW III
11: BFW IV
12: BFW V
13: BFW VI
14: 1/10th of IV
15: Bubble Tight
Port Diameter
84.3 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float
PORT_DIAMETER
Port Type 1=balanced
84.4 RW ALL 0 ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
PORT_TYPE 2=unbalanced
Flow Direction 1=up
84.5 RW ALL 0 ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
FLOWDIRECTION 2=down
Push Down To 1=open
84.6 RW ALL 0 ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
PUSH_DOWN_TO 2=close
Flow Tends To 1=open
84.7 RW ALL 0 ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
FLOW_TENDS_TO 2=close
Unbalanced Area
84.8 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float
UNBALANCED_AREA
Trim Style 1
84.9 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String
TRIM_STYLE_1
Trim Style 2
84.10 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String
TRIM_STYLE_2
-Continued-
111
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
85
SPEC_SHEET_ACT
Actuator Size
85.1 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String
ACTUATOR SIZE
Effective Area
85.2 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float
EFFECTIVE AREA
Air 1=open
85.3 RW ALL 0 ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
AIR 2=close
Lower Bench Set
85.4 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float
LOWER_BENCH_SET
Upper Bench Set
85.5 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float
UPPER_BENCH_SET
Nominal Supply Pressure
85.6 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float
NOMINAL_SUPPLY_PRESSURE
Spring Rate
85.7 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float
SPRING_RATE
Stroking Time Open Data Type: Float
85.8 RW ALL 0.00 ALL
STROKING_TIME_OPEN Seconds
Stroking Time Close Data Type: Float
85.9 RW ALL 0.00 ALL
STROKING_TIME_CLOSE Seconds
Lever Style 1=Pivot Point
85.10 RW ALL 0 ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
LEVER_STYLE 2=Rack & Pinion
Lever Arm Length
85.11 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float
MOMENT_ARM
These parameters can only reset
86
DEVICE_RECORD through VL/DD.
Temperature Maximum Data Type: Float
86.1 RO N/A -9999.99 N/A
TEMP_MAX Highest temperature recorded
Temperature Maximum Time
86.2 RO N/A Zero time N/A Data Type: Time Value
TEMP_MAX_TIME
Temperature Minimum Data Type: Float
86.3 RO N/A 9999.99 N/A
TEMP_MIN Lowest temperature recorded
Temperature Minimum Time
86.4 RO N/A Zero time N/A Data Type: Time Value
TEMP_MIN_TIME
Supply Pressure Maximum Data Type: Float
86.5 RO N/A 0.0 N/A
SUPP_PRESS_MAX Highest supply pressure recorded
Supply Pressure Maximum Time
86.6 RO N/A Zero time N/A Data Type: Time Value
SUPP_PRESS_MAX_TIME
Supply Pressure Minimum Data Type: Float
86.7 RO N/A 9999.99 N/A
SUPP_PRESS_MIN Lowest supply pressure recorded
Supply Pressure Minimum Time
86.8 RO N/A Zero time N/A Data Type: Time Value
SUPP_PRESS_MIN_TIME
Comm Error Count
86.9 RW N/A 0 SETUP Not used by the DVC6200f
COMM_ERROR_COUNT
Data Type: Enum
1=None
Write lock enable/disable. If setting
Protection 2=Calibration
87 RW ALL 2=Calibration NONE is at or above a parameters
PROTECTION 3=Setup & Calibration
protection level then that parameter
4=All
is readonly.
-Continued-
112
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
88
PERF_DIAG
PD Run AUTO 1=PD On Data Type: Enum
88.1 RW 1=PD On NONE
PD_COMMAND MAN 2=PD Off Controls whether PD will run or not.
PD Status 1=Not Running Data Type: Enum
88.2 RO ALL NONE
PD_STATUS 2=Running Status of performance diagnostics.
Data Type: Bit String
PD Configuration
88.3 RW ALL 0 NONE Bit string for configuring PD setup
PD_CONFIG
and options.
Data Type: Uint32
PD Extra
88.4 RW ALL 0 NONE Extra 32 bit integer for sending
PD_EXTRA
values to PD.
Temperature Units C=1001
89 RW ALL C SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
TEMPERATURE_UNITS F=1002
kPa=1133
bar=1137
Pressure Units psig=1143
90 RW ALL kPa SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
PRESSURE_UNITS inHg=1155
inH2O=1146
Kg/cm2=1145
cm=1012 Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
Travel Units mm=1013 Travel units for spec sheet
91 RW ALL mm SETUP
TVL_UNITS in=1019 ACTUAL_TRAVEL and RATEDTRAVEL
deg=1005 only.
cm=1012 Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
Length Units
92 RW ALL mm=1013 mm SETUP Not used for spec sheet
LENGTH_UNITS
in=1019 ACTUAL_TRAVEL OR RATEDTRAVEL
cm2=1025
Area Units
93 RW ALL mm2=1027 cm2 SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
AREA_UNITS
in2=1030
Spring Rate Units N/m=1165
94 RW ALL N/m SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
SPRING_RATE_UNITS lb/in=1596
Data Type:Uint16 This defines
95
MAI_CHANNEL_MAP which transducer block channels will
MAI Channel 1 MAN, be sent to each of the 8 MAI
95.1 RW 1 through 13 1 SETUP channels. No scaling or other
MAI_CHANNEL_1 OOS
conversion will be done. Values will
MAI Channel 2 MAN, be sent in the currently defined
95.2 RW 1 through 13 2 SETUP
MAI_CHANNEL_2 OOS units. If set to 0, then no output to
MAI Channel 3 MAN, MAI (status will be set to BAD).
95.3 RW 1 through 13 3 SETUP 1=FINAL_VALUE
MAI_CHANNEL_3 OOS
2=TRAVEL_TARGET
MAI Channel 4 MAN,
95.4 RW 1 through 13 4 SETUP 3=FINAL_POSITION_VALUE
MAI_CHANNEL_4 OOS
4=TRAVEL
MAI Channel 5 MAN, 5=SUPPLY_PRESS
95.5 RW 1 through 13 5 SETUP
MAI_CHANNEL_5 OOS 6=ACT_PRESS_A
MAI Channel 6 MAN, 7=ACT_PRESS_B
95.6 RW 1 through 13 6 SETUP 8=ACT_PRESS_DIFF
MAI_CHANNEL_6 OOS
9=DRIVE_SIGNAL
MAI Channel 7 MAN, 10=TRAVEL_DEVIATION
95.7 RW 1 through 13 7 SETUP
MAI_CHANNEL_7 OOS 11=TEMPERATURE
MAI Channel 8 MAN, 12=CYCLE_COUNT
95.8 RW 1 through 13 8 SETUP
MAI_CHANNEL_8 OOS 13=TRAVEL_ACCUM
Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
Output Block Selection MAN, 1: AO Block Controls which output block (AO or
96 RW 1: AO Block SETUP
OUTBLOCK_SEL OOS 2: DO Block DO) the transducer block will
respond to.
Data Type: Enum (Uint8)
Controls whether the status of the
PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status MAN, 1: No
97 RW 1: No SETUP PV fed back to the output block from
PWA_SET_STATUS OOS 2: Yes
the transducer block will be affected
by an active PlantWeb alert.
-Continued-
113
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating
parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains
static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 415. Transducer Block, View 1 Table 416. Transducer Block, View 2
Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV 1 ST_REV
5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET 10 TRANSDUCER_TYPE
5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL 14.1 FINAL_VALUE_RANGE.EU_100
5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED 14.2 FINAL_VALUE_RANGE.EU_0
5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL 14.3 FINAL_VALUE_RANGE.UNITS_INDEX
6 BLOCK_ERR 14.4 FINAL_VALUE_RANGE.DECIMAL
10 TRANSDUCER_TYPE
15 FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_HI
11 XD_ERROR
16 FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_LO
13.1 FINAL_VALUE.STATUS
18 SERVO_GAIN
13.2 FINAL_VALUE.VALUE
19 SERVO_RESET
17.1 FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.STATUS
20 SERVO_RATE
17.2 FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.VALUE
21 ACT_FAIL_ACTION
32.1 SETPOINT_D.STATUS
40.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT
32.2 SETPOINT_D.VALUE
40.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY
50 INPUT_CHAR
114
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Note
Because individual views are limited in size, View Lists 3 and 4 have multiple parts.
Table 417. Transducer Block, View 3.1 Table 418. Transducer Block, View 3.2
Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV 1 ST_REV
5.1 MODE_BLOCK.TARGET 74.1 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.ELECT_ACTIVE
5.2 MODE_BLOCK.ACTUAL 74.2 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.SENSOR_ACTIVE
5.3 MODE_BLOCK.PERMITTED 74.3 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.ENVIRO_ACTIVE
5.4 MODE_BLOCK.NORMAL 74.4 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.TRAVEL_ACTIVE
6 BLOCK_ERR 74.5 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PROX_ACTIVE
10 TRANSDUCER_TYPE 74.6 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.TVL_HISTORY_ACTIVE
11 XD_ERROR 74.7 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PERF_ACTIVE
13.1 FINAL_VALUE.STATUS 74.8 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_EVENT_ACTIVE
13.2 FINAL_VALUE.VALUE 74.9 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL1_ACTIVE
17.1 FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.STATUS 74.10 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL2_ACTIVE
17.2 FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.VALUE 74.11 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL3_ACTIVE
32.1 SETPOINT_D.STATUS 74.12 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL4_ACTIVE
32.2 SETPOINT_D.VALUE 74.13 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL5_ACTIVE
35.1 SUPPLY_PRESSURE.STATUS 78 SELFTEST_STATUS
35.2 SUPPLY_PRESSURE.VALUE 79 HEALTH_INDEX
36.1 PRESSURE_A.STATUS 86.1 DEVICE_RECORD.TEMP_MAX
36.2 PRESSURE_A.VALUE 86.2 DEVICE_RECORD.TEMP_MAX_TIME
37.1 PRESSURE_B.STATUS 86.3 DEVICE_RECORD.TEMP_MIN
37.2 PRESSURE_B.VALUE 86.4 DEVICE_RECORD.TEMP_MIN_TIME
38.1 PRESSURE_DIFF.STATUS 86.5 DEVICE_RECORD.SUPP_PRESS_MAX
38.2 PRESSURE_DIFF.VALUE 86.6 DEVICE_RECORD.SUPP_PRESS_MAX_TIME
48 TEMPERATURE 86.7 DEVICE_RECORD.SUPP_PRESS_MIN
49 TRAVEL_TARGET 86.8 DEVICE_RECORD.SUPP_PRESS_MIN_TIME
52 TRAVEL_DEVIATION
53 DRIVE_SIGNAL
54 DRIVE_CURRENT Table 419. Transducer Block, View 4.1
55 MLFB Index Number Parameter
59 FAILED_ACTIVE 1 ST_REV
60 MAINT_ACTIVE 3 STRATEGY
61 ADVISE_ACTIVE 4 ALERT_KEY
71 RECOMMEND_ACTION 10 TRANSDUCER_TYPE
72 TRAVEL_ACCUM 22 ACT_MAN_ID
73 CYCLE_COUNT 23 ACT_MODEL_NUM
75.1 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.ELECT_ENABLE 24 ACT_SN
75.2 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.SENSOR_ENABLE 25 VALVE_MAN_ID
75.3 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.ENVIRO_ENABLE 26 VALVE_MODEL_NUM
75.4 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.TRAVEL_ENABLE
75.5 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.PROX_ENABLE
75.6 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.TVL_HISTORY_ENABLE
75.7 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.PERF_ENABLE
115
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Table 420. Transducer Block, View 4.2 Table 421. Transducer Block, View 4.3 (continued)
Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV 67 ADVISE_MASK
27 VALVE_SN 68 FAILED_PRI
28 VALVE_TYPE 69 MAINT_PRI
29 XD_CAL_LOC 70 ADVISE_PRI
30 XD_CAL_DATE
31 XD_CAL_WHO Table 422. Transducer Block, View 4.4
89 TEMPERATURE_UNITS
Index Number Parameter
90 PRESSURE_UNITS
1 ST_REV
91 TVL_UNITS
76.1 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER
92 LENGTH_UNITS
76.2 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY
93 AREA_UNITS
76.3 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.OUTPUT_BLK_TIMEOUT
94 SPRING_RATE_UNITS
76.4 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.DRIVE_CURRENT_ALRT_PT
76.5 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.DRIVE_CURRENT_TIME
Table 421. Transducer Block, View 4.3 76.6 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.TEMP_HI_ALRT_PT
76.7 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.TEMP_LO_ALRT_PT
Index Number Parameter
76.8 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.SUP_PRES_HI_ALRT_PT
1 ST_REV
76.9 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.SUP_PRES_LO_ALRT_PT
39 PWA_SIMULATE
77.1 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_DEV_ALRT_PT
41.1 TVL_PRESS_CONTROL.TVL_PRESS_SELECT
77.2 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_DEV_TIME
41.2 TVL_PRESS_CONTROL.TVL_PRESS_STATE
77.3 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_DEV_DB
42.1 BASIC_SETUP.ACTUATOR_STYLE
77.4 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_ACCUM_ALRT_PT
42.2 BASIC_SETUP.ZERO_PWR_COND
77.5 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_ACCUM_DB
42.3 BASIC_SETUP.TRAVEL_SEN_MOTION
77.6 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.CYCLE_COUNT_ALRT_PT
42.4 BASIC_SETUP.FEEDBACK_CONN
77.7 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.CYCLE_COUNT_DB
42.5 BASIC_SETUP.RELAY_TYPE
77.8 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_OPEN_ALRT_PT
42.6 BASIC_SETUP.MAX_SUPP_PRESS
77.9 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_OPEN_DB
42.7 BASIC_SETUP.PRESS_RANGE_HI
77.10 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_CLOSED_ALRT_PT
42.8 BASIC_SETUP.PRESS_RANGE_LO
77.11 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_CLOSED_DB
42.9 BASIC_SETUP.TVL_CAL_TRIGGER
77.12 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_LO_LO_ALRT_PT
42.10 BASIC_SETUP.TVL_TUNING_SET
77.13 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_LO_LO_DB
42.11 BASIC_SETUP.PRESS_TUNING_SET
77.14 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_LO_ALRT_PT
44.1 TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_INTEG_ENABLE
77.15 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_LO_DB
44.2 TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_INTEG_LIM_HI
77.16 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_HI_ALRT_PT
44.3 TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_INTEG_LIM_LO
77.17 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_HI_DB
44.4 TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_INTEG_DEADZ
77.18 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_HI_HI_ALRT_PT
44.5 TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_MLFB_GAIN
77.19 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_HI_HI_DB
47.1 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_CUTOFF_HI
82 UPGRADE_PROGRESS
47.2 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_CUTOFF_LO
87 PROTECTION
47.3 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_PROP_GAIN
47.4 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_GAIN
47.5 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_RATE_GAIN Table 423. Transducer Block View, 4.5
47.6 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_DEADZ Index Number Parameter
47.7 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_HI_LIM 1 ST_REV
47.8 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_LO_LIM 95.1 MAI_CHANNEL_1
47.9 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_IC_HI 95.2 MAI_CHANNEL_2
47.10 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_IC_LO 95.3 MAI_CHANNEL_3
47.11 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_MLFB_GAIN 95.4 MAI_CHANNEL_4
62 FAILED_ENABLE 95.5 MAI_CHANNEL_5
63 MAINT_ENABLE 95.6 MAI_CHANNEL_6
64 ADVISE_ENABLE 95.7 MAI_CHANNEL_7
65 FAILED_MASK 95.8 MAI_CHANNEL_8
66 MAINT_MASK 96 OUTBLOCK_SEL
-continued- 97 PWA_SET_STATUS
116
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Overview
The Analog Output (AO) function block (figure 46) assigns an output value to a field device through a specified I/O
channel. The block supports mode control, signal status calculation, and simulation. Figure 47 illustrates the internal
components of the AO function block, and table 425 lists the definitions of the block parameters. The digital valve
controller measures and uses actual valve position for READBACK [16].
BKCALOUT
CAS IN
AO OUT
READBACK
B27161
READBACK = Actual valve position.
Note
The AO block actual mode will not move to Auto unless:
Resource Block actual mode is Auto, and
AO SHED_OPT [27] is set to a nonzero value.
Note
Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2]) will remain out of service and the block cannot be scheduled if the block has not
been licensed. Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office to upgrade product licensing.
Note
Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2]) will remain in IMAN and the block Readback status will be Bad - Not Connected if
the Output Block Selection is set incorrectly. From the transducer block method Outblock Selection, select the desired output
block, see page 73.
117
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
RCASOUT
RCASIN BKCALOUT
SPRATEDN READBACK
SPRATEUP PV
Operator
Setpoint
SP SP Convert
HI/LO Rate and Status
CASIN Limit Limit Calculation OUT
SPWRK
SPLOWLIM PVSCALE
SPHILIM
IOOPTS
MODE
Shed
Mode
Access Access
Analog Analog CHANNEL
Input Output
Modes
The Analog Output function block supports the following modes:
Manual (Man)You can manually set the output to the I/O channel through the OUT [9] attribute. This mode is used
primarily for maintenance, calibration and diagnostics.
Automatic (Auto)The block output (OUT [9]) reflects the target operating point specified by the setpoint (SP [8])
attribute. Typically the setpoint is set by the user.
Cascade (Cas)The SP [8] attribute is set by another function block through a connection to CAS_IN [17]. The SP [8]
value is used to set the OUT [9] attribute automatically. This is the most frequently used mode in the digital valve
controller.
Note
The transducer block must be in Auto for the mode to go to AUTO, CAS, MAN, or RCAS.
RemoteCascade (RCas)The SP [8] is set by a host computer by writing to the RCAS_IN [28] parameter. The SP [8]
value is used to set the OUT [9] attribute automatically.
118
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Out of Service (OOS)The block is not processed. The output channel is maintained at the last value and the status
of OUT [9] is set to Bad: Out of Service. The BLOCK_ERR [6] attribute shows Out of Service.
Initialization Manual (Iman)The path to the output hardware is broken and the AO block output will remain at the
last position. This means the transducer block mode is Out of Service or Manual or configured to respond to the DO
block.
Local Override (LO)The output of the block is not responding to inputs because the fault state action is active. OUT
[9] freezes or goes to value per IO_OPTS [14].
The target mode of the block may be restricted to one or more of the following modes: Man, Auto, Cas, RCas, or OOS.
Mode Handling
Shed OptionsRCAS Mode Only
Automatically changing through the permitted modes when starting from a remote mode, fall from (or shed) or climb
to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED_OPT [27]. A block climbs and sheds through the same path.
For example, if SHED_OPT [27] specifies that a block should shed to Auto, then, if the block target mode is set to RCas,
the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas.
When the block is in Cas mode and the CAS_IN [17] input goes bad, the block sheds mode to the next lower permitted
mode.
You can configure the shed option as follows:
Note
During Shed with Return Options, the actual mode is changed, while the target mode stays the same.
NormalOn failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain the highest permitted nonremote
mode until remote cascade is restored. Cas is the highest permitted nonremote mode and Auto is is the next
permitted nonremote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.
Retained TargetThe retained target mode is the previous target mode before it was changed to RCAS or ROUT. On
failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain the retained target mode.
AutoOn failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain Auto, if permitted, until remote cascade
is restored.
ManOn failure of a remote cascade connection the block sheds to Man until a remote cascade connection is
restored.
Note
During Shed with No Return Options, the target mode is changed, while the actual mode stays the same.
119
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
For any shed with no return option, the target mode changes as determined by the option. Therefore, there is no
attempt to restore the connection following failure. The behavior on change to the remote cascade target mode is
identical to that for Shed With Return Options.
NormalOn failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted
nonremote mode. Cas is the highest permitted nonremote mode and Auto is is the next highest permitted
nonremote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.
Retained TargetThe retained target mode is the previous target mode before it was changed to RCAS or ROUT. On
failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode.
AutoOn failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to Auto, if permitted.
ManOn failure of remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to Man, if permitted.
The user may configure SHED_OPT [27] so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted. When doing this, the
mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic:
Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted.
Status Handling
Output or readback fault detection is reflected in the status of PV [7], OUT [9], and BKCAL_OUT [25]. A limited SP [8]
condition is reflected in the BKCAL_OUT [25] status. When simulation is enabled through the SIMULATE [10] attribute,
you can set the value and status for PV [7] and READBACK [16].
When the block is in Cas mode and the CAS_IN [17] input goes bad, the block sheds mode to the next permitted
mode.
In Cascade mode, the cascade input connection (CAS_IN [17]) is used to update the SP [8]. The back calculation
output (BKCAL_OUT [25]) is wired to the back calculation input (BKCAL_IN [27]) of the upstream block that provides
CAS_IN [17]. This provides bumpless transfer on mode changes and windup protection in the upstream block.
Note
You must wire BKCAL_OUT [25] to BKCAL_IN [27] of the upstream block that provides CAS_IN [17]. Otherwise, the AO will not
initialize properly, and the setpoint at CAS_IN [17] will not be passed to OUT [9].
An analog readback value, such as valve position, is shown by the process value (PV [7]) attribute in engineering units.
To support testing, you can enable simulation, which allows you to manually set the channel feedback. There is no
alarm detection in the AO function block.
120
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
To select the manner of processing the SP and the channel output value configure the setpoint limiting options, the
tracking options, and the conversion and status calculations.
In Manual (Man) mode the SP [8] automatically tracks the PV [7] value when you select the SPPV Track in Man I/O
option in IO_OPTS [14]. This option can be used to minimize valve movement when the AO block is transitioned from
Manual mode to Auto. You can disable this option in OOS mode only.
The SP [8] value is limited to the range defined by the setpoint high limit attribute (SP_HI_LIM [20]) and the setpoint
low limit attribute (SP_LO_LIM [21]).
In Auto mode, the rate at which a change in the SP [8] is passed to OUT [9] is limited by the values of the setpoint
upward rate limit attribute (SP_RATE_UP [19]) and the setpoint downward rate limit attribute (SP_RATE_DN [18]). A
limit of zero disables rate limiting.
As shown in figure 48, the block executes a percentage of the set point change each macrocycle. For example, if the
set point rate is set at 10% per second and the macrocycle is 500 milliseconds (0.5 seconds or 50% of 1 second), then
during the first macrocycle the set point will change 5% (50% of the 10% per second rate). If the macrocycle is 750
milliseconds (0.75 seconds or 75% of 1 second), then during the first macrocycle the setpoint will change 7.5% (75% of
10).
When the transducer block receives the setpoint change from an AO block with rate limits, it will smoothly move the
valve to the requested setpoint at the rate limit configured in the AO block.
In Auto mode, the converted SP [8] value is stored in the OUT [9] attribute. In Man mode, the OUT [9] attribute is set
manually, and is used to set the analog output defined by the CHANNEL [22] parameter.
You can access the actuator position associated with the output channel through the READBACK [16] parameter (in
OUT units) and in the PV [7] attribute (in engineering units). The digital valve controller supports position feedback
and therefore provides the actual valve position in PV [7] and READBACK [16] directly.
121
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
CAS_IN, 2
1 macrocycle
SPRATEDN
1 macrocycle
SPRATEUP
OUT
TRANSDUCER BLOCK
TRAVEL TARGET
SP
B27181
1 second 1 second 1 second 1 second Time
IO_OPTS [14]: Determines the action OUT [9] will take upon a fault state. If the IO_OPTS [14] Fault State to Value is
not selected, then OUT [9] holds its last position when Fault State is set. If Fault State to Value is selected, OUT [9]
goes to the FSTATE_VAL [24] value when Fault State is set.
FSTATE_TIME [23]: The length of time, in seconds, that the AO block will wait to set Fault State. When Fault State is
set, the OUT [9] value goes to either the FSTATE_VAL [24] value or holds its last position, depending on I/O_OPTS [14].
When the block has a target mode of CAS, a fault condition will be detected if the CAS_IN [17] has a BAD status or an
Initiate Fault State substatus is received from the upstream block.
FSTATE_VAL [24]: Determines the OUT [9] value if IO_OPTS Fault State to Value is selected. The OUT [9] value
transitions to FSTATE_VAL [24] after FSTATE_TIME [23] elapses and the fault condition has not cleared.
I/O Options
The I/O options parameter (IO_OPTS [14]) allows you to select how the I/O signals are processed. You can set I/O
options in Out of Service mode only. The following I/O options are available in the AO block:
Use PV for BKCAL_OUTChanges the BKCAL_OUT [25] value to the PV [7] value. When the Use PV for BKCAL_OUT
option is not enabled (False), the BKCAL_OUT [25] value is the working setpoint value.
Target to Man if Fault State ActivatedSet the target mode to Man, thus losing the original target, if Fault State is
activated. This latches an output block into the manual mode.
122
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Use Fault State value on RestartUse the value of FSTATE_VAL [24] for SP [8] when power is restored or if the device is
restarted, otherwise use the last value saved in nonvolatile memory. This does not act like Fault State, it only uses the
value of FSTATE_VAL [24].
Fault State to ValueThe output action to take when a fault occurs (if not selected, use hold last value; if selected, use
FSTATE_VAL [24]).
Increase to CloseIf the Increase to Close bit is set the value to the transducer is inverted, e.g. 20% becomes 80%.
SP-PV Track in ManPermits the setpoint to track the process variable when the target mode of the block is MAN.
SP-PV Track in LO or IManPermits the setpoint to track the process variable when the actual mode of the block is LO
or IMan.
SP Track retained TargetPermits the setpoint to track the RCas or Cas parameter based on the retained target mode
when the actual mode of the block is LO or Man. When SPPV track options are enabled, the SP Track retained target
will have precedence in the selection of the value to track when the actual mode is Man and LO.
Simulation
When simulate is active, the transducer subparameters show the actual transducer block status and value as normally
passed back to the AO block. The Simulate subparameters are writable and replace actual transducer values.
Note
When simulate is active, the output block no longer writes values to the transducer block. If the Output Blk Timeout period is
exceeded, the transducer block may move the valve to the Zero Power Condition depending on the configuration of the Output
Block Timeout Alert.
Application Information
The configuration of an AO function block and its associated output channels depends on the specific application. A
typical configuration for the Analog Output involves the following attributes:
PV_SCALE Set the range and engineering units to values that correspond to the operation range.
For the digital valve controller, PV_SCALE [11] is typically set between 0 and 100%.
BKCAL_OUT If you are using the CAS_IN [17] connector wired from another block, wire the
BKCAL_OUT [25] attribute to the other block's BKCAL_IN [27] attribute.
IO_OPTS Set the type of tracking and action upon fault state.
SHED_OPT Set the action to be taken when the set point or output are not updated in a remote
mode.
Block Errors
Table 424 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the AO
block and are provided only for your reference.
123
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
124
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
125
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
126
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
127
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating
parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains
static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 426. AO Function Block, View 1 Table 428. AO Function Block, View 3
Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV 1 ST_REV
5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE 5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE
5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE 5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE
5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE 5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE
5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE 5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE
6 BLOCK_ERR 6 BLOCK_ERR
7 PV 7 PV
8 SP 8 SP
9 OUT 9 OUT
16 READBACK 16 READBACK
17 CAS_IN 17 CAS_IN
25 BKCAL_OUT
Table 427. AO Function Block, View 2 26 RCAS_IN
28 RCAS_OUT
Index Number Parameter
31 STDDEV
1 ST_REV
32 CAP_STDDEV
11 PV_SCALE
12 XD_SCALE
Table 429. AO Function Block, View 4
13.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT
Index Number Parameter
13.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY
1 ST_REV
20 SP_HI_LIM
3 STRATEGY
21 SP_LO_LIM
4 ALERT_KEY
14 IO_OPTS
15 STATUS_OPTS
18 SP_RATE_DN
19 SP_RATE_UP
22 CHANNEL
23 FSTATE_TIME
24 FSTATE_VAL
27 SHED_OPT
128
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
129
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
BKCAL IN
BKCALOUT
CAS IN
FF VAL OUT
IN
PID
TRK IN D
TRK VAL
BKCAL_IN = THE ANALOG INPUT VALUE AND STATUS FROM ANOTHER BLOCK'S BKCAL
_OUT OUTPUT THAT IS USED FOR BACKWARD OUTPUT TRACKING FOR BUMPLESS
TRANSFER AND TO PASS LIMIT STATUS.
CAS_IN = THE REMOTE SETPOINT VALUE FROM ANOTHER FUNCTION BLOCK.
FF_VAL = THE FEEDFORWARD CONTROL INPUT VALUE AND STATUS.
IN = THE CONNECTION FOR THE PROCESS VARIABLEFROM ANOTHER FUNCTION BLOCK.
TRK_IN_D = INITIATES THE EXTERNAL TRACKING FUNCTION.
TRK_VAL = THE VALUE AFTER SCALING APPLIED TO OUT IN LOCAL OVERRIDE MODE.
BKCAL_OUT = THE VALUE AND STATUS REQUIRED BY THE BKCAL_IN INPUT OF ANOTHER
FUNCTION BLOCK TO PREVENT RESET WINDUP AND TO PROVIDE BUMPLESS TRANSFER
TO CLOSED LOOP CONTROL.
OUT = THE BLOCK OUTPUT AND STATUS.
B2720
The block supports two forms of the PID equation: Standard and Series. You can choose the appropriate equation
using the MATHFORM [70] parameter. The Standard ISA PID equation is the default selection.
where
GAIN: proportional gain value
r: integral action time constant (RESET parameter) in seconds
s: laplace operator
d: derivative action time constant (RATE parameter)
130
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
To further customize the block for use in your application, you can configure filtering, feedforward inputs, tracking
inputs, setpoint and output limiting, PID equation structures, and block output action. Table 432 lists the PID block
parameters and their descriptions, units of measure, and index numbers, and figure 410 illustrates the internal
components of the PID function block.
FFGAIN
FFSCALE
Feedforward
FFVAL
Calculation
BKCALIN
MODE
TRKIND BKCALOUT
RCASOUT ROUTOUT
ROUTIN
RCASIN
Setpoint
Limiting PID
CASIN Equation Output OUT
Limiting
Operator
Setpoint
SPHILIM GAIN
SPLOLIM RATE OUTHILIM
SPRATEDN RESET OUTLOLIM
SPRATEUP OUTSCALE
Alarm Operator
Detection Output
Scaling
IN and
Filtering
HIHILIM
HILIM
DVHILIM
PVSCALE DVLOLIM
PVFILTER LOLIM
LOLOLIM
TRKVAL Convert
TRKSCALE
OUTSCALE
B2721
131
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Modes
The PID function block supports the following modes:
Automatic (Auto)The SP [8] may be set manually and the block algorithm calculates OUT [9].
Cascade (Cas)The SP [8] is calculated in another block and is provided to the PID block through the CAS_IN [18]
connection.
RemoteCascade (RCas)The SP [8] is provided by a host computer that writes to the RCAS_IN [32] parameter.
RemoteOutput (ROut)The OUT [9] is provided by a host computer that writes to the ROUT_IN [33] parameter.
Local Override (LO)The track function is active. OUT [9] is set by TRK_VAL [39]. The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter
shows Local override.
Initialization Manual (IMan)The output path is not complete (for example, the cascade-to-slave path might not be
open). In IMan mode, OUT [9] tracks BKCAL_IN [27].
Out of Service (OOS)The block is not processed. The OUT [9] status is set to Bad: Out of Service. The BLOCK_ERR
[6] parameter shows Out of service.
You can configure the Man, Auto, Cas, and OOS modes as permitted modes for operator entry.
Mode Handling
Shed OptionsRCAS Mode Only
Shed from or climb to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED_OPT [34]. A block climbs and sheds
through the same path. For example, if SHED_OPT [34] specifies that a block should shed to Auto, then, if the block
target mode is set to RCas, the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas. You can configure the shed option as
follows:
NormalOn failure of a remote connection, the block attempts to attain the highest permitted nonremote mode
until the remote connection is restored. Cas is the highest permitted nonremote mode and Auto is is the next highest
permitted nonremote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.
Retained TargetThe retained target mode is the mode the block was in before changing to one of the remote target
modes. On failure of a remote connection, the block attempts to attain the retained target mode.
AutoOn failure of a remote connection, the block attempts to attain Auto, if permitted, until the remote connection
is restored.
ManOn failure of a remote connection, the block sheds to Man until a remote connection is restored.
132
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
NormalOn failure of a remote connection, the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted nonremote
mode. Cas is the highest permitted nonremote mode and Auto is is the next permitted nonremote mode. If Cas or
Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.
Retained TargetThe retained target mode is the mode the block was in before changing to one of the remote target
modes. On failure of a remote connection, the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode.
AutoOn failure of a remote connection, the block sets the target mode to Auto, if permitted.
ManOn failure of a remote connection, the block sets the target mode to Man, if permitted.
The user may configure SHED_OPTS [34] so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted. When doing this, the
mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic:
Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted.
Status Handling
If the input status on the PID block is Bad, the mode of the block reverts to Manual. In addition, you can select the
Target to Manual if Bad IN status option to direct the target mode to revert to manual. You can set the status option in
Manual or Out of Service mode only.
Operator
Set point SPHILIM SPRATEUP
SPLOLIM SPRATEDN
Auto Auto
Setpoint Rate Man
Man
Limiting Limiting
CAS CAS
B2722
In Automatic mode, the set point is entered manually by the operator, and the output is computed based on the set
point. In Auto mode, you can also adjust the set point limit and the set point rate of change using the SP_RATE_UP
[20] and SP_RATE_DN [19] parameters.
133
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
In Manual mode the output is entered manually by the operator. In Remote Output mode, the output is entered by a
host computer.
Filtering
The filtering feature changes the response time of the device to smooth variations in output readings caused by rapid
changes in input. You can adjust the filter time constant (in seconds) using the PV_FTIME [16] or SP_FTIME [69]
parameters. Set the filter time constant to zero to disable the filter feature.
Feedforward Calculation
The feedforward value (FF_VAL [40]) is scaled (FF_SCALE [41]) to a common range for compatibility with the output
scale (OUT_SCALE [11]). A gain value (FF_GAIN [42]) is applied to achieve the total feedforward contribution.
Output Tracking
Output tracking is enabled through the control options. You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode
only.
The Track Enable control option must be set to True for the track function to operate. When the Track in Manual
control option is set to True, the operator cannot override the tracking function in Manual mode. When Track in
Manual is False, the operator can override the tracking function when the block is in Manual mode. Activating the track
function causes the block's actual mode to revert to Local Override.
The TRK_VAL [38] parameter specifies the value to be converted and tracked into the output when the track function
is operating. The TRK_SCALE [37] parameter specifies the range of TRK_VAL [38].
When the TRK_IN_D [38] parameter is True and the Track Enable control option is True, the TRK_VAL [38] input is
converted to the appropriate value and output in units of OUT_SCALE [11].
SP-PV Track in ManPermits the SP [8] to track the PV [7] when the actual mode of the block is Man.
SP-PV Track in LO or IManPermits the SP [8] to track the PV [7] when the actual mode of the block is Local Override
(LO) or Initialization Manual (IMan).
SP-PV Track in ROUTPermits the SP [8] to track the PV [7] when the actual mode of the block is RemoteOut
(ROUT).
SP Track retained TargetCauses the set point to track the RCAS or CAS parameter based on the retained target
mode when the actual mode is MAN or LO.
134
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Act On IRIf this option is true, then when IR (Initialization Requested) is received on BKCAL_IN [27], the SP [8] will
be adjusted within setpoint limits to provide bumpless transfer when the cascade is closed. If the setpoint required
to provide bumpless transfer is outside the setpoint limits, then any difference added to provide bumpless transfer
will be removed in the BAL_TIME [25].
When one of these options is set, the SP[8] value is set to the PV [7] value while in the specified mode.
You can select the value that a master controller uses for tracking by configuring the Use PV for BKCAL_OUT control
option. The BKCAL_OUT [31] value tracks the PV value. BKCAL_IN [27] on a master controller connected to
BKCAL_OUT [31] on the PID block in an open cascade strategy forces its OUT [9] to match BKCAL_IN [27], thus
tracking the PV from the slave PID block into its cascade input connection (CAS_IN [18]). If the Use PV for BKCAL_OUT
option is not selected, the working set point (SP_WRK [68]) is used for BKCAL_OUT [31].
You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only. When the mode is set to Auto, the SP [8] will
remain at the last value (it will no longer follow the PV [7].
Note
Extended parameters are not available at this time for all host systems. Refer to your host system documentation, or contact your
Emerson Process Management sales office for additional information.
Configure the STRUCTURECONFIG [71] parameter to select the PID equation structure. You can select one of the
following choices:
Proportional, integral, and derivative on error (PID)
Proportional and integral on error, derivative on PV (PI_D)
Integral on error, proportional and derivative on PV (I_PD)
Proportional on error, derivative on error (PD)
Integral on error, derivative on error (ID)
Integral on error, derivative on PV (I_D)
Two degrees of Freedom (2DOF)
You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only.
Alarm Detection
A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK_ERR [6] has an error bit set. The types of block error for the PID
block are defined above.
135
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Process alarm detection is based on the PV [7] value. You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard
alarms:
High (HI_LIM [51])
High high (HI_HI_LIM [49])
Low (LO_LIM [53])
Low low (LO_LO_LIM [55])
Additional process alarm detection is based on the difference between SP [8] and PV [7] values and can be configured
via the following parameters:
Deviation high (DV_HI_LIM [57])
Deviation low (DV_LO_LIM [59])
In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit, an alarm hysteresis in percent
of the PV span can be set using the ALARM_HYS [47] parameter. The priority of each alarm is set in the following
parameters:
HI_PRI [50]
HI_HI_PRI [48]
LO_PRI [52]
LO_LO_PRI [54]
DV_HI_PRI [56]
DV_LO_PRI [58]
Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority, as shown in table 430.
Application Information
The PID function block is a powerful, flexible control algorithm that is designed to work in a variety of control
strategies. The PID block is configured differently for different applications.
DeltaV Tune
DeltaV Tune quickly and automatically determines optimal tuning parameters for PID control loops. For more
information on DeltaV Tune, refer to DeltaV Books Online or DeltaV documentation.
Block Errors
Table 431 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the PID
block and are provided only for your reference.
136
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
137
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
138
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
139
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
140
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
141
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
142
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
143
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
144
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating
parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains
static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 433. PID Function Block, View 1 Table 434. PID Function Block, View 2
Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV 1 ST_REV
5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE 10 PV_SCALE
5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE 11 OUT_SCALE
5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE 12.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT
5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE 12.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY
6 BLOCK_ERR 17 BYPASS
7 PV 21 SP_HI_LIM
8 SP 22 SP_LO_LIM
9 OUT 28 OUT_HI_LIM
18 CAS_IN 29 OUT_LO_LIM
38 TRK_IN_D
39 TRK_VAL
45.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT
45.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED
45.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED
45.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED
145
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
146
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
147
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
All All (continued) All (continued)
PID FUNCTION BLOCK cont.
Other Characteristics: Block Tag Updated Event: Unacknowledged Cap StdDev
Other (continued) Static Revision Update Event: Update State T Request
Tag Description Update Event: Time Stamp T State
Tag Description Error Strategy Update Event: Static Rev T Status
Grant Deny: Grant SP Work Alert Key Update Event: Relative Index T Ipgain
Grant Deny: Deny SP FTime Block Mode: Target Block Alarm: Unacknowledged T Ugain
Balance Time mathform Block Mode: Actual Block Alarm: Alarm State T Uperiod
Update Event: Unacknowledged structureconfig Block Mode: Permitted Block Alarm: Time Stamp T Psgain
Update Event: Update State Ugamma Block Mode: Normal Block Alarm: Subcode T Ptimec
Update Event: Time Stamp UBeta Block Error Block Alarm: Value T Pdtime
Update Event: Static Rev IDeadBand Process Value: Status Alarm Summary: Current T Targetop
Update Event: Relative Index StdDv Process Value: Value Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged T Hyster
Block Alarm: Unacknowledged Cap StdDev Setpoint: Status Alarm Summary: Unreported T Relayss
Block Alarm: Alarm State T Request Setpoint: Value Alarm Summary: Disabled T Gain Magnifier
Block Alarm: Time Stamp T State Output: Status Acknowledge Option T Auto Extra DT
Block Alarm: Subcode T Status Output: Value Alarm Hysteresis T Auto Hysteresis
Block Alarm: Value T Ipgain Process Value Scale: EU at 100% High High Priority T Aoperiods
Alarm Summary: Current T Ugain Process Value Scale: EU at 0% High High Limit
Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged T Uperiod Process Value Scale: Units Index High Priority
Alarm Summary: Unreported T Psgain Process Value Scale: Decimal High Limit
Alarm Summary: Disabled T Ptimec Output Scale: EU at 100% Low Priority
Acknowledge Option T Pdtime Output Scale: EU at 0% Low Limit
High High Alarm: Unacknowledged T Targetop Output Scale: Units Index Low Low Priority
High High Alarm: Alarm State T Hyster Output Scale: Decimal Low Low Limit
High High Alarm: Time Stamp T Relayss Grant Deny: Grant Deviation High Priority
High High Alarm: Subcode T Gain Magnifier Grant Deny: Deny Deviation High Limit
High High Alarm: Float Value T Auto Extra DT Control Options Deviation Low Priority
High Alarm: Unacknowledged T Auto Hysteresis Status Options Deviation Low Limit
High Alarm: Alarm State T Aoperiods Input: Status High High Alarm: Unacknowledged
High Alarm: Time Stamp Input: Value High High Alarm: Alarm State
High Alarm: Subcode Process Value Filter Time High High Alarm: Time Stamp
High Alarm: Float Value Bypass High High Alarm: Subcode
Low Alarm: Unacknowledged Cascade Input: Status High High Alarm: Float Value
Low Alarm: Alarm State Cascade Input: Value High Alarm: Unacknowledged
Low Alarm: Time Stamp Setpoint Rate Down High Alarm: Alarm State
Low Alarm: Subcode Setpoint Rate Up High Alarm: Time Stamp
Low Alarm: Float Value Setpoint High Limit High Alarm: Subcode
Low Low Alarm: Unacknowledged Setpoint Low Limit High Alarm: Float Value
Low Low Alarm: Alarm State Gain Low Alarm: Unacknowledged
Low Low Alarm: Time Stamp Reset Low Alarm: Alarm State
Low Low Alarm: Subcode Balance Time Low Alarm: Time Stamp
Low Low Alarm: Float Value Rate Low Alarm: Subcode
Deviation High Alarm: Unacknowledged Back Calculation Input: Status Low Alarm: Float Value
Deviation High Alarm: Alarm State Back Calculation Input: Value Low Low Alarm: Unacknowledged
Deviation High Alarm: Time Stamp Output High Limit Low Low Alarm: Alarm State
Deviation High Alarm: Subcode Output Low Limit Low Low Alarm: Time Stamp
Deviation High Alarm: Float Value Back Calculation Hysteresis Low Low Alarm: Subcode
Deviation Low Alarm: Unacknowledged Back Calculation Output: Status Low Low Alarm: Float Value
Deviation Low Alarm: Alarm State Back Calculation Output: Value Deviation High Alarm: Unacknowledged
Deviation Low Alarm: Time Stamp Remote Cascade Input: Status Deviation High Alarm: Alarm State
Deviation Low Alarm: Subcode Remote Cascade Input: Value Deviation High Alarm: Time Stamp
Deviation Low Alarm: Float Value Remote Out Input: Status Deviation High Alarm: Subcode
Bias Remote Out Input: Value Deviation High Alarm: Float Value
Shed Options Deviation Low Alarm: Unacknowledged
Remote Cascade Output: Status Deviation Low Alarm: Alarm State
Remote Cascade Output: Value Deviation Low Alarm: Time Stamp
Remote Out Output: Status Deviation Low Alarm: Subcode
Remote Out Output: Value Deviation Low Alarm: Float Value
Tracking Scale: EU at 100% Bias
Tracking Scale EU at 0% Error
Tracking Scale: Units Index SP Work
Tracking Scale: Decimal SP FTime
Tracking Input Discrete: Status mathform
Tracking Input Descrete: Value structureconfig
Tracking Value: Status UGamma
Tracking Value: Value UBeta
Feed Forward Value: Status IDeadBand
Feed Forward Value: Value StdDev
Feed Forward Scale: EU at 100%
Feed Forward Scale: EU at 0%
Feed Forward Scale: Units Index
Feed Forward Scale: Decimal
Feed Forward Gain
148
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
IN_1
IN_2
IN_3
IN_4 OUT IN (18) = Input used in the selection algorithm.
IN_5
DISABLE (18) = Discrete input used to enable or disable
IN_6 the associated input channel.
OUT_D
IN_7 = Input used to override algorithm.
OP_SELECT
IN_8
DISABLE_1
ISEL SELECTED = The selected channel number.
SELECTED OUT = The block output and.
DISABLE_2 status.
DISABLE_3 OUT_D = Discrete output that signals
DISABLE_4 a selected alarm condition.
FIELDBUS_56A
DISABLE_5
DISABLE_6
DISABLE_7
DISABLE_8
OP_SELECT
Modes
The ISEL function block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE_BLK [5] parameter:
Out of Service (OOS)The block is not processed. The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Out of Service. In this
mode, you can make changes to all configurable parameters. The target mode of a block may be restricted to one
or more of the supported modes.
The Input Selector block Actual mode will be Out of Service if any of the following are true:
149
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
The Input Selector block Target mode is Auto, OP_SELECT [22] is not being used, and SELECT_TYPE [19] is 0. In this
case, the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows a Block Configuration Error.
The Input Selector block Actual mode will be Manual if all of the above is not true and the Target mode is Manual.
IN_1
AUTO
IN_2 Selection OUT
Algorithm
IN_3
IN_4 MAN
DISABLE_1
DISABLE_2 SELECTED
DISABLE_3
fieldbusfbus_229a
DISABLE_4 SEL_TYPE
OP_SELECT MIN_GOOD
SELECT_TYPE
NOTE: THIS FIGURE DOES NOT INCLUDE THE ADDITIONAL
4 INPUTS IN THE EXTENDED PARAMETERS.
Status Handling
Quality Use and Propagation
In Auto mode, OUT [7] reflects the value and status of the selected input based on the following criteria:
For a selection algorithm to use an input with status of Uncertain, the STATUS_OPTS [10] parameter must have
Use Uncertain as Good.
If the number of good inputs is less than MIN_GOOD [20], or if the number of inputs evaluated is 0, the status of
OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Bad.
If an input is disabled or its status is Bad and is selected via OP_SELECT [22], then the status of OUT [7] and
SELECTED [21] will be Bad. If the quality of the input is Uncertain, and the selection for the STATUS_OPTS [10]
parameter is Use Uncertain as Good, then the status of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Uncertain. Otherwise
the status of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Good Noncascade.
150
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
When the block is in the Manual mode the status and substatus of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be as follows:
Quality of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Uncertain if STATUS_OPTS [10] is Uncertain if in Manual mode.
Otherwise, the quality of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Good Noncascade.
Limit Propagation
Refer to figure 414. When SELECT_TYPE [19] is Average, Not Limited is propagated unless all inputs have the same
limit status. If ll inputs have the same limit status, the limit status of the inputs is propagated.
If SELECT_TYPE [19] is Middle and the number of inputs used by the algorithm is greater than one: Not Limited is
propagated unless all selected inputs have the same limit status, in which case the limit status of the inputs is
propagated.
If SELECT_TYPE [19] is Middle and a single input, or if Maximum or Minimum then: If the selected input is a constant
and Middle, Constant is propagated. Otherwise, if the selected input is a constant and Maximum or Minimum,
propagate low if Maximum, propagate high if Minimum. If the selected input is not a constant, propagate selected
input limit as is.
When SELECT_TYPE [19] is First Good or Hot Spare or if OP_SELECT [22] is nonzero, propagate selected input limit as
is.
Substatus Propagation
Refer to figure 415. For SELECT_TYPE [19] of Maximum, Minimum, First Good, Hot Spare, and Middle with only one
input, simply propagate substatus as is.
For SELECT_TYPE [19] of Maximum and Minimum with more than one input with the same value, propagate substatus
if all inputs are the same.
For SELECT_TYPE [19] of Average or Middle with more than one input, propagate NonSpecific.
If the status of OUT [7] is Bad, then the substatus will be as follows:
Configuration Error with a BLOCK_ERR [6] of Configuration Error if the Actual mode is Out of Service.
151
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
No Propagate
OP_SELECT selected input
equal to zero? limit status
Yes
No No
Propagate
Not Limited
No
No No
Propagate
Not Limited
No
No
No
No
No
Propagate
SELECT_TYPE Yes selected input
First Good or Hot limit status
Spare?
No
NOTES:
1
LIMIT MANIPULATION FOR A CONSTANT INPUT FOR MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM IS BASED
Illegal Select Type UPON THE FOUNDATION FIELDBUS SPECIFICATION. THE REASONING IS BASED ON HIGH SELECT
should never be reached
PROVIDING A LOW LIMIT STATUS AND LOW SELECT PROVIDING A HIGH LIMIT STATUS.
152
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
No
No
No
Propagate Good
Noncascade
MODE_BLK must
be Auto
1
Bad Propagate Bad,
OP_SELECT
status? Nonspecific
Good
1
Yes Selected in Good Propagate Good
OP_SELECT
value >0? put status? Noncascade
No Bad
No Propagate Bad,
At least 1 good
input? Nonspecific
Yes
No Multiple
Inputs Propagate
Nonspecific
No Multiple
Inputs
All inputs with Yes Propagate input
same value? substatus as is
Yes
SELECT_TYPE Must Propagate input
be First Good or substatus as is
No
Hot Spare?
Propagate
No Nonspecific
NOTES:
Illegal Select Type
should never be reached 1 AN INPUT STATUS MAY BE BAD, GOOD, OR UNCERTAIN. IF BAD, THE INPUT IS NOT USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED
AS BAD WITH SUBSTATUS NONSPECIFIC. IF GOOD IT IS USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS GOOD
(NONCASCADE). IF UNCERTAIN, AND STATUS_OPTS IS USE UNCERTAIN AS GOOD THEN THE INPUT IS USED AND THE
STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS GOOD (NONCASCADE), OTHERWISE IT IS NOT USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS
BAD WITH SUBSTATUS NONSPECIFIC.
153
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
STATUS_OPTS Supported
In the STATUS_OPTS [10] parameter, you can select from the following options to control the status handling:
Use Uncertain as Goodsets the OUT [7] status to Good when the selected input status is Uncertain.
Uncertain if in Manual mode: sets the OUT [7] status to Uncertain when the mode is Manual.
Note
The block mode must be Out of Service to set STATUS_OPTS [10].
Input Selection
The ISEL function block reads the values and statuses of as many as eight inputs (IN_1 [11], IN_2 [12], IN_3 [13], IN_4
[14], IN_5 [25], IN_6 [26], IN_7 [27], IN_8 [28]). To use any of the six selection algorithms to select the output,
OP_SELECT [22] must be 0. To specify which algorithm to use, configure the selector type parameter (SELECT_TYPE
[19]) as follows:
Maximumselects the input with the highest value from the inputs that are not bad and not disabled.
Minimumselects the input with the lowest value from the inputs that are not bad and not disabled.
Averagecalculates the average value of the inputs that are not bad and not disabled and provides it as the output.
For example, if the number used to average (AVG_USE [33]) is 4 and the number of connected inputs is 6, then the
highest and lowest values would be dropped prior to calculating the average. If AVG_USE [33] is 2 and the number
of connected inputs is 7, then the two highest and lowest values would be dropped prior to calculating the average
and the average would be based on the middle three inputs.
MiddleIf the number of good usable inputs is odd, then it selects the middle value. If the number of good usable
inputs is even, then it averages the middle two values and selects status as worst of two. If both inputs' limit status
are not the same then it sets limit status of Not Limited.
First Goodselects the first input that is not bad and not disabled, starting with IN_1 [11].
Hot Spareinitially uses the input selected as first good. If the selected input goes bad, the first good selection is
repeated. If the selected input remains good, it stays selected. If the originally selected input returns to good status
the selection does not change. Selection changes only if the currently selected input goes bad.
Disabling Inputs
Use the parameters DISABLE_1 [15], DISABLE_2 [16], DISABLE_3 [17], DISABLE_4 [18], DISABLE_5 [29], DISABLE_6
[30], DISABLE_7 [31] and DISABLE_8 [32] to disable the corresponding inputs. An input that is disabled will not be used
by any of the selection algorithms.
The status of the disable parameter must be Good, Good_Cascade, or Uncertain with a STATUS_OPTS [10] of
Use Uncertain as Good in order to be evaluated. If the status of the disable parameter is Bad, its last usable value is
maintained and acted upon. If the device restarts, losing the last usable value, the last usable value is set to disabled.
154
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
IN_1 through IN_8 and DISABLE_1 through DISABLE_8 are nonvolatile type parameters so if they are Linked they will
automatically have Bad status until connections are reestablished. If they are not Linked, they will be restored with the
previous value from NVM across device restarts.
For a SELECT_TYPE [19] of Average, SELECTED [21] indicates the number of inputs used in the average calculation.
Alarm Detection
A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK_ERR [6] has an error bit set. The types of block error for the PID
block are defined above.
Process alarm detection is based on OUT [7] value. You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard
alarms:
In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit, an alarm hysteresis in percent
of the PV span can be set using the ALARM_HYS [36] parameter. The priority of each alarm is set in the following
parameters:
HI_PRI [39]
HI_HI_PRI [37]
LO_PRI [41]
LO_LO_PRI [43]
ALARM_SUM [34] indicates the current alert status, unacknowledged states, and disabled states of the alarms
associated with the function block.
155
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority, as shown in table 438.
Block Errors
Table 439 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the
ISEL block and are provided only for your reference.
156
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
157
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
158
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
159
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
160
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating
parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains
static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
161
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Table 441. ISEL Function Block, View 1 Table 443. ISEL Function Block, View 3
Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV 1 ST_REV
5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE 5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE
5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE 5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE
5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE 5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE
5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE 5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE
6 BLOCK_ERR 6 BLOCK_ERR
7 OUT 7 OUT
11 IN_1 11 IN_1
12 IN_2 12 IN_2
13 IN_3 13 IN_3
14 IN_4 14 IN_4
15 DISABLE_1 15 DISABLE_1
16 DISABLE_2 16 DISABLE_2
17 DISABLE_3 17 DISABLE_3
18 DISABLE_4 18 DISABLE_4
21 SELECTED 21 SELECTED
22 OP_SELECT 22 OP_SELECT
25 IN_5 25 IN_5
26 IN_6 26 IN_6
27 IN_7 27 IN_7
28 IN_8 28 IN_8
29 DISABLE_5 29 DISABLE_5
30 DISABLE_6 30 DISABLE_6
31 DISABLE_7 31 DISABLE_7
32 DISABLE_8 32 DISABLE_8
34.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT 34.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT
34.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED 34.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED
34.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED 34.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED
34.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED 34.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED
49 OUT_D
Table 442. ISEL Function Block, View 2
Table 444. ISEL Function Block, View 4
Index Number Parameter
Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV
1 ST_REV
8 OUT_RANGE
3 STRATEGY
9.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT
4 ALERT_KEY
9.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY
10 STATUS_OPTS
19 SELECT_TYPE
20 MIN_GOOD
33 AVG_USE
35 ACK_OPTION
36 ALARM_HYS
37 HI_HI_PRI
38 HI_HI_LIM
39 HI_PRI
40 HI_LIM
41 LO_PRI
42 LO_LIM
43 LO_LO_PRI
44 LO_LO_LIM
50 ALM_SEL
162
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
163
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Overview
The Output Splitter (OS) block (figure 416) provides the capability to drive two control outputs from a single input.
Each output is a linear function of some portion of the input. Back calculation support is provided using the same linear
function in reverse. Cascade initialization is supported by a decision table for combinations of input and output
conditions.
OS
RCAS IN OUT 1
CAS IN
OUT 2
This block is normally used in split ranging or sequencing of multiple valve applications. A typical split range
application has both valves closed when the splitter input is 50%. One valve opens fully as the input drops to 0%. The
other valve opens as the input rises above 50%.
A typical sequencing application has both valves closed at 0% input. One valve fully opens as the input rises to 50% and
the other stays shut. The second valve opens as the input rises above 50%, and the first valve may remain open or shut
off quickly.
Because this block is in the control path, it is able to pass limit and cascade initialization information back to the
upstream block. Table 448 lists the OS block parameters and their descriptions, units of measure, and index numbers.
Figures 417 and 418 illustrate the internal components of the OS function block.
164
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
IN_ARRAY
OUT_ARRAY
LOCKVAL
RCAS_IN
OUT 1
CAS_IN SP
Auto
OUT 2
BKCAL_IN_1
RCAS_OUT
BKCAL_IN_2 CAS_OUT
Setpoint Setpoint SP_WRK
Rate
Limiting SP
CAS_IN Limiting
SP_RATE_DN
SP_RATE_UP
IN_ARRAY
OUT_ARRAY
LOCKVAL
MODE
Calculate
Shed Ouput BKCAL_OUT
Mode
BKCAL_IN_1
Balance
Ouput
OUT 1
BAL_TIME
Balance
OUT 2
BKCAL_IN_2 Ouput
Modes
The Output Splitter function block supports the following actual modes:
165
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Out of Service (OOS)The block is not processed. FIELD_VAL and PV are not updated and the OUT status is set to
Bad: Out of Service. The BLOCK_ERR parameter shows Out of Service. In this mode, you can make changes to all
configured parameters.
By using permitted mode the target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the following modes: Cas,
Auto or OOS.
Note
The output splitter function block must be in Auto for the mode to go to CAS.
Initialization Manual (IMan)The output path is not complete (for example, the cascade-to-slave path might not be
open). In IMan mode, OUT tracks BKCAL_IN, which allows for bumpless transfer of control.
Automatic (Auto)The block outputs (OUT_1 and OUT_2) reflect the target operating point specified by the
setpoint (SP) parameter.
Cascade (Cas)The SP parameter is set by another function block through a connection to CAS_IN. The SP value is
used to set the OUT parameters automatically. This is the most frequently used mode in this block.
The block's normal mode is Cascade (Cas). You can isolate the block for testing by using Automatic (Auto) mode and
adjusting the setpoint.
When a block attached to an output requests initialization, one of the following actions might occur:
When the other output is not in Cas mode, the block attached to the input is initialized.
When the other output is in Cas mode, this output returns to the value calculated from its slope in a specified time
period.
Status Handling
Substatus value received at CAS_IN [14] is passed to both outputs, except for those used in the cascade handshake.
An IFS goes to both outputs. The status option IFS if Bad CAS_IN is available.
If the Status Option to Propagate failure is set, the block propagates device failure only if both BKCAL_IN show failed
status. Otherwise the upstream cascade would be broken by a failure at either output.
The statuses of OUT_1 [8] and OUT_2 [9] are determined by the statuses of BKCAL_IN_1 and BKCAL_IN_2 and the
actual mode of the block.
When a BKCAL_IN input sees that its downstream block is not in Cas mode, the Splitter function block sets the
corresponding OUT value to the BKCAL_IN value. However, this may not be the same value that is calculated by the
splitter algorithm. When the mode of the downstream block is changed to Cas, the difference between the calculated
output and the backcalculation input is computed and the difference is added to the calculated output. Next, the
difference is reduced to zero over the time defined by the BAL_TIME parameter.
When both BKCAL_IN_1 and BKCAL_IN_2 indicate that the downstream blocks are not in Cas mode or have Bad status,
the first downstream block that goes to Cas mode causes the upstream block to initialize so that there is no difference
between the calculated output and the backcalculation input. This provides bumpless transfer for the first
downstream block.
166
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Limit Handling
The splitter function block is designed to combine the limit information from the two downstream blocks into limits
for the upstream block. The general principle is to allow the upstream block to continue control for as long as possible.
The upstream block is highlimited (BKCAL_OUT of the Splitter block has highlimited status) when:
Both downstream blocks are highlimited (both BKCAL_INS of the Splitter block have highlimited status)
or
One downstream block is highlimited, the associated output slope is positive, and the other block has Bad status or
is not in Cas mode
or
One downstream block is lowlimited, the associated output slope is negative, and the other block has Bad status or
is not in Cas mode
or
or
One downstream block is lowlimited, the associated output slope is positive, and the other block has Bad status or
is not in Cas mode
or
One downstream block is highlimited, the associated output slope is negative, and the other block has Bad status
or is not in Cas mode
or
The block has the same SP structure as the PID block, except that there is no limiting applied to the SP. The SP may be
used in Auto mode for testing. The operator would use the output of the PID to accomplish the same purpose. Each
downstream block can be taken out of cascade if it becomes necessary to gain control of them.
The examples shown in figure 419 do not show the full range of possibilities. The lines could overlap like an X, or both
start from the origin but have different slopes. The endpoints do not have to lie within 0-100%. Limits in the external
167
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
blocks may effect the useful range of a line. Units of percent are used in the examples because the common
application of this block is to valves, but any units may be used to suit the application.
OUT_1
OUT_2
OUT_2
SP SP
The following parameters as paired coordinates are used to specify the output splitter operation:
Where XnJ is the value of SP associated with OUT_n and Xn1 and Xn2 refer to the 1st and 2nd coordinates of the nth
curve respectively. YnJ is the value of OUT_n and Yn1 and Yn2 refer to the 1st and 2nd coordinates of the nth curve
respectively.
By specifying the coordinates as shown in tables 445 and 446, the endpoints of the lines are defined. The contents of
the respective X's are held in the IN_ARRAY parameter and the contents of the respective Y's are held in the
OUT_ARRAY parameter. If a set of points are specified such that a region of the input range is not specified, then the
corresponding OUT_n will be set to the closest endpoint of the input value, either high or low, when the specified
region is exceeded.
Table 445. IN_ARRAY Coordinates Table 446. OUT_ARRAY Coordinates
Index Coordinate Index Coordinate
X11 - Start value of SP for the OUT_1 line. 0 Y11 - Value of OUT_1 at X11
0
(X11 < X12) 1 Y12 - Value of OUT_1 at X12
X12 - End value of SP for the OUT_1 line. 2 Y21 - Value of OUT_2 at X21
1
(X11 < X12)
3 Y22 - Value of OUT_2 at X22
X21 - Start value of SP for the OUT_2 line.
2
(X21 < X22)
X22 - End value of SP for the OUT_2 line.
3
(X21 < X22)
A configuration error is set in BLOCK_ERR and the actual mode of the block goes to Out of Service if the X values have
any of the following conditions: X21 < X11, X12 < = X11, X22 < = X21.
Refer to figure 420 for an example of LOCKVAL = true, and figure 421 for an example of LOCKVAL = false. The
parameter LOCKVAL provides an option to specify whether OUT_1 remains at its ending level when control is switched
168
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
to OUT_2, or goes to Y11. If LOCKVAL is true, OUT_1 remains at its ending value when X is greater than X12. If LOCKVAL
is false, then OUT_1 goes to Y11 when X is greater than X12 .
Figure 420. OUT with LOCKVAL True Figure 421. OUT with LOCKVAL False
OUT 1 remains at
end point when OUT 1 OUT 2
OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT_2 is nonzero
Some hysteresis in the switching point may be required because the output may change by a full stroke of the valve.
HYSTVAL [12] contains the amount of hysteresis. If X < = X12-HYSTVAL, OUT_1 may be determined by the calculated
y value. If X12-HYSTVAL < X < X12 and X has not reached X12 since it was less than X12-HYSTVAL, OUT_1 may be
determined by the calculated y value. If X12-HYSTVAL < X < X12 and X has reached X12 since it was less than
X12-HYSTVAL, OUT_1 may be determined by the LOCKVAL setting. If X12 < X, OUT_1 may be determined by the
LOCKVAL setting.
BK_CAL_IN
CASIN PID2 BK_CAL_OUT
CASIN AO BK_CAL_OUT
169
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
CAS_IN of the Splitter receives the OUT of PID1. BKCAL_IN of PID1 receives BKCAL_OUT of the Splitter. CAS_IN of the
AO receives OUT_1 of the Splitter and PID2 receives OUT_2 of the Splitter. BKCAL_IN_1 of the Splitter receives
BKCAL_OUT of the AO and BKCAL_IN_2 of the Splitter receives BKCAL_OUT of PID2.
The discussion in this section defines the behavior which is used to handle the initial value calculation and status which
can in turn be sent to PID1. This behavior is defined in such a way that no bumps are generated by changing modes,
and that PID1 does not wind up.
The splitter utilizes special handling for cascade initialization because it has two independent outputs. When a
downstream block indicates to the splitter that it wants to initialize, by asserting IR (initialization request) on its
BKCAL_OUT, one of two things happens. Under some circumstances, it is possible to pass an initialization request from
a downstream block back up to the block upstream of the splitter, so that all three blocks balance for bumpless
transfer to cascade mode. Otherwise, the requested splitter output goes to the requested value by placing an internal
offset between that output and the output of the curve, and then ramping that offset to zero in BAL_TIME seconds
after the cascade is made up.
The splitter normally runs with both outputs connected to blocks in cascade mode. If one or both of the blocks is not in
cascade mode, special limiting action is taken. Specifically, if one block indicates that it is not in cascade by NI (not
invited) status on its BKCAL_OUT, then the BKCAL_OUT of the splitter asserts limits at the range extremes of the block
that is still in cascade mode. Even if the upstream controller does not want to operate in that range, there will be no
reset windup when it can move into the range. If both downstream blocks show NI, then the splitter can only wait until
one of them requests cascade initialization. BKCAL_OUT of the splitter can hold the upstream block at the value of the
SP. The actual mode is IMan.
When cascade initialization is requested, by IR substatus on a BKCAL_IN, it is first necessary to determine if the other
BKCAL_IN has NI substatus. If so, the value at the BKCAL_IN asserting IR is taken as the Y value for its curve, and the
resulting X value is sent on BKCAL_OUT to PID1. If the other substatus is OK, then the internal offset and BAL_TIME is
used. If both blocks have IR substatus, then one output is processed until its cascade is closed. The choice is based on
the presence of limit status in BKCAL_IN. If BKCAL_IN_1 is limited, then if BKCAL_IN_2 is not limited then OUT_2 is
processed first, else OUT_1 is processed first.
Cascade initialization is also required when the block transitions from Auto to Cas mode. This action is identical to that
described for the PID block.
The BKCAL_OUT status shows limited high if an increase in SP cannot be effectively passed on to either output because
the BKCAL_IN_n of both outputs indicates that a move in the needed direction is limited. Similarly, limited low is set if
a decrease in SP cannot be effectively passed on to either output. The slope of the limited line(s) affects the limit
direction. BKCAL_OUT also shows limit status at the X extremes X11 and X22.
Initialization is not automatic under all circumstance because some situations have conflicting needs. In general, when
a control region is in trouble, the upstream controller is limited so it will not drive further into that region. When you
want to move to the other active region, you can put the upstream controller into Man mode and move it, or you can
170
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
drop the good downstream block out of Cas mode for one evaluation cycle and then restore Cas mode. This initializes
the upstream controller to the remaining good region of control.
171
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
172
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating
parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains
static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 449. OS Function Block, View 1 Table 451. OS Function Block, View 3
Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV 1 ST_REV
5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE 5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE
5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE 5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE
5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE 5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE
5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE 5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE
6 BLOCK_ERR 6 BLOCK_ERR
7 SP 7 SP
8 OUT_1 8 OUT_1
9 OUT_2 9 OUT_2
14 CAS_IN 14 CAS_IN
15 BKCAL_OUT
Table 450. OS Function Block, View 2 19 BKCAL_1_IN
20 BKCAL_2_IN
Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV Table 452. OS Function Block, View 4
10 OUT_1_RANGE
Index Number Parameter
11 OUT_2_RANGE
1 ST_REV
12.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT
3 STRATEGY
12.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY
4 ALERT_KEY
13 STATUS_OPTS
16 IN_ARRAY
17 OUT_ARRAY
18 LOCKVAL
21 BAL_TIME
173
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Characteristics
Static Revision
Tag Description
Strategy
Alert Key
Block Mode: Target
Block Mode: Actual
Block Mode: Permitted
Block Mode: Normal
Block Error
Setpoint: Status
Setpoint: Value
Output 1: Status
Output 1: Value
Output 2: Status
Output 2: Value
Output 1 Range: EU at 100%
Output 1 Range: EU at 0%
Output 1 Range: Units Index
Output 1 Range: Decimal
Output 2 Range: EU at 100%
Output 2 Range: EU at 0%
Output 2 Range: Units Index
Output 2 Range: Decimal
Grant Deny: Grant
Grant Deny: Deny
Status Options
Cascade Input: Status
Cascade Input: Value
Back Calculation Output: Status
Back Calculation Output: Value
Input Array[1]
Input Array[2]
Input Array[3]
Input Array[4]
Output Array[1]
Output Array[2]
Output Array[3]
Output Array[4]
Lockval
Back Calculation Input 1: Status
Back Calculation Input 1: Value
Back Calculation Input 2: Status
Back Calculation Input 2: Value
Balance Time
Hystval
Update Event: Unacknowledged
Update Event: Update State
Update Event: Time Stamp
Update Event: Static Rev
Update Event: Relative Index
Block Alarm: Unacknowledged
Block Alarm: Alarm State
Block Alarm: Time Stamp
Block Alarm: Subcode
Block Alarm: Value
174
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
OUT_D
FIELDBUSFBUS_31A
OUT
The AI block supports alarming, signal scaling, signal filtering, signal status calculation, mode control, and simulation.
In Automatic mode, the block's output parameter (OUT [8]) reflects the process variable (PV [7]) value and status. In
Manual mode, OUT [8] may be set manually. The Manual mode is reflected on the output status. A discrete output
(OUT_D [37]) is provided to indicate whether a selected alarm condition is active. Alarm detection is based on the OUT
[8] value and user specified alarm limits. Figure 424 illustrates the internal components of the AI function block, and
table 457 lists the AI block parameters and their units of measure, descriptions, and index numbers.
Modes
The AI function block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE_BLK [5] parameter:
Manual (Man) The block output (OUT [8]) may be set manually.
Automatic (Auto) OUT reflects the analog input measurement or the simulated value when simulation is enabled.
Out of Service (OOS) The block is not processed. FIELD_VAL [19] and PV [7] are not updated and the OUT [8] status
is set to Bad: Out of Service. The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Out of Service. In this mode, you can make
changes to all configured parameters. The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the
supported modes.
Alarm Detection
A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK_ERR [6] has an error bit set. The types of block errors for the AI
block are defined in table 455.
175
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
ALARM_TYPE
ACCESS
ANALOG HI_HI_LIM
MEAS. HI_LIM
LO_LO_LIM ALARM
LO_LIM DETECTION OUT_D
CHANNEL ALARM_HYS
LOW_CUT
SIMULATE L_TYPE
PV_FTIME MODE
FIELDBUSFBUS_02A
FIELD_VAL IO_OPTS STATUS_OPTS
OUT_SCALE
XD_SCALE
NOTES:
OUT_D = BLOCK OUTPUT VALUE AND STATUS
OUT_D = DISCRETE OUTPUT THAT SIGNALS A SELECTED ALARM CONDITION.
Process Alarm detection is based on the OUT [8] value. You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard
alarms:
High (HI_LIM [28])
High high (HI_HI_LIM [26])
Low (LO_LIM [30])
Low low (LO_LO_LIM [32])
In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit, an alarm hysteresis in percent
of the PV [7] span can be set using the ALARM_HYS [24] parameter. The priority of each alarm is set in the following
parameters:
HI_PRI [27]
HI_HI_PRI [25]
LO_PRI [29]
LO_LO_PRI [31]
Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority, as shown in table 453.
176
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Table 454. Channel Selections for the Analog Input Function Block
Channel Parameter(1) Block Index Number XD_SCALE Units
2 TRAVEL_TARGET TB 49 % (1342)
3 FINAL_POSITION_VALUE TB 17 % (1342)
4 TRAVEL TB 34 % (1342)
5 SUPPLY_PRESS TB 35 psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)
6 PRESSURE_A TB 36 psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)
7 PRESSURE_B TB 37 psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)
8 PRESSURE_DIFF TB 38 psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)
9 DRIVE_SIGNAL TB 53 % (1342)
10 TRAVEL_DEVIATION TB 52 % (1342)
11 TEMPERATURE TB 48 C (1001), F (1002)
12 CYCLE_COUNT TB 73 no units (1588)
13 TRAVEL_ACCUMULATION TB 72 % (1342)
1. Refer to table 414 for transducer block parameter descriptions and table 425 for AO parameter descriptions.
Status Handling
The AI block only gets Good NonSpecified Unlimited or Bad Device Failure for status from the transducer. This is
reflected in FIELD_VAL.STATUS [19.1]. PV.STATUS [7.1] is the same as FIELD_VAL.STATUS [19.1]. OUT.STATUS [8.1]
can also reflect Bad, Out of Service in addition to PV.STATUS [7.1] values.
In the STATUS_OPTS [14] parameter, you can select from the following options to control the status handling:
Propagate Fail ForwardIf the status from the sensor is Bad, Device failure or Bad, Sensor failure, propogate it to OUT
without generating an alarm. The use of these substatus in OUT is determined by this option. Through this option,
you may determine whether alarming (sending out an alert) will be done by the block or propagated downstream for
alarming.
PV
63% of Change
FIELDBUSFBUS_03A
FIELD_VAL
TIME (seconds)
PV_FTIME
Uncertain if in Manual modeThe status of the Output is set to Uncertain when the mode is set to Manual.
Note
1. The instrument must be in Out of Service mode to set the status option.
2. The AI block only supports the Uncertain if in Manual and Propagate failure. Unsupported options are not grayed out; they
appear on the screen in the same manner as supported options.
177
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Filtering
The filtering feature changes the response time of the device to smooth variations in output readings caused by rapid
changes in input. You can adjust the filter time constant (in seconds) using the PV_FTIME [18] parameter. Set the filter
time constant to zero to disable the filter feature.
Signal Conversion
You can set the signal conversion type with the Linearization Type (L_TYPE [16]) parameter. You can view the
converted signal (in percent of XD_SCALE [10]) through the FIELD_VAL [19] parameter.
*XD_SCALE values
You can choose from direct, indirect, or indirect square root signal conversion with the L_TYPE [16] parameter.
Direct
Direct signal conversion allows the signal to pass through the accessed channel input value (or the simulated value
when simulation is enabled).
PV = Channel Value
Indirect
Indirect signal conversion converts the signal linearly to the accessed channel input value (or the simulated value when
simulation is enabled) from its specified range (XD_SCALE [10]) to the range and units of the PV [7] and OUT [8]
parameters (OUT_SCALE [11]).
PV = ( FIELD_VAL
100
) X (EU **@100% - EU **@0%) + EU **@0%
**OUT_SCALE values
PV =
( FIELD_VAL
100
) X (EU **@100% - EU **@0%) + EU **@0%
**OUT_SCALE values
178
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
When the converted input value is below the limit specified by the LOW_CUT [17] parameter, a value of zero is used
for the converted value (PV [7]). This option is useful to eliminate false readings when the differential pressure
measurement is close to zero.
Note
Invert is the only I/O option supported by the AI block. You can set the I/O option in Out of Service mode only.
Advanced Features
The AI function block provided with the DVC6200f provides added capability through the addition of the following
parameters:
ALARM_SELAllows one or more of the process alarm conditions detected by the AI function block to be used in
setting its OUT_D [37] parameter.
OUT_DDiscrete output of the AI function block based on the detection of process alarm condition(s). This parameter
may be linked to other function blocks that require a discrete input based on the detected alarm condition.
STDDEV and CAP_STDDEV are diagnostic parameters that can be used to determine the variability of the process.
Simulation
To support testing, you can either change the mode of the block to manual and adjust the output value, or you can
enable simulation through the configuration tool and manually enter a value for the measurement value and its status.
To enable simulation, you must first install the Simulate Enable jumper across the instrument AUX terminals (see page
40). Next you must use the configuration tool to enable the parameter SIMULATE [9].
With simulation enabled, the actual measurement value has no impact on the OUT [8] value or the status.
Block Errors
Table 455 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are inactive for the AI block
and are given here only for your reference.
Table 455. BLOCK_ERR Conditions
Condition Number Condition Name and Description
0 Other
Block Configuration Error the selected channel carries a measurement that is incompatible with the engineering units
1
selected in XD_SCALE, the L_TYPE parameter is not configured, or CHANNEL = zero.
2 Link Configuration Error
3 Simulate Active Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution.
4 Local Override
5 Device Fault State
6 Device Needs Maintenance Soon
7 Input failure/process variable had Bad status The hardware is bad, or a bad status is being simulated
8 Output failure
9 Memory failure
10 Lost Static Data
11 Lost NV Data
12 Readback Check Failed
13 Device Needs Maintenance Now
14 Power Up - This condition exists until the AI function block executes for the first time.
15 Out of Service The actual mode is Out of Service.
179
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Troubleshooting
Refer to table 456 to troubleshoot any problem that you encounter.
180
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
181
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
182
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
183
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating
parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains
static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 458. AI Function Block, View 1 Table 459. AI Function Block, View 2
Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV 1 ST_REV
5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE 10 XD_SCALE
5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE 11 OUT_SCALE
5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE 12.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT
5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE 12.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY
6 BLOCK_ERR
7 PV
8 OUT
19 FIELD_VAL
22.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT
22.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED
22.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED
22.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED
184
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Table 460. AI Function Block, View 3 Table 461. AI Function Block, View 4
Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV 1 ST_REV
5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE 3 STRATEGY
5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE 4 ALERT_KEY
5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE 13 IO_OPTS
5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE 14 STATUS_OPTS
6 BLOCK_ERR 15 CHANNEL
7 PV 16 L_TYPE
8 OUT 17 LOW_CUT
19 FIELD_VAL 18 PV_FTIME
22.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT 23 ACK_OPTION
22.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED 24 ALARM_HYS
22.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED 25 HI_HI_PRI
22.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED 26 HI_HI_LIM
37 OUT_D 27 HI_PRI
38 ALM_SEL 28 HI_LIM
39 STDDEV 29 LO_PRI
40 CAP_STDDEV 30 LO_LIM
31 LO_LO_PRI
32 LO_LO_LIM
185
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
186
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
OUT_1
OUT_2
MAI OUT_3
OUT_4
FIELDBUSFBUS_31A
OUT_5
OUT_6
OUT_7
OUT_8
The MAI block supports mode control. In Automatic mode, the block's output parameters (OUT_1 to OUT_8 [8
through 15]) reflects the process variable (PV) values and status. In Manual mode, OUT may be set manually. The
Manual mode is reflected in the output status. Table 464 lists the MAI block parameters, and their units of measure,
description and index numbers.
Modes
The MAI Function Block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE_BLK [5] parameter:
Manual (Man)The block output (OUT_1 to OUT_8 [8 through 15]) may be set manually.
Automatic (Auto)OUT_1 to OUT_8 [8 through 15] reflects the analog input measurement or the simulated value
when the simulation is enabled.
Out of Service (OOS)The block is not processed. PV is not updated and the OUT status is set to Bad: Out of Service.
The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Out of Service. In this mode, you can make changes to all configurable
parameters. The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the supported modes.
Status Handling
In Man mode, the OUT status constant limit is set to indicate that the value is a constant and the OUT status is Good.
187
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
OUT_X status will be Bad if the transducer detects a problem with sensor associated with the channel.
Application Information
The intended use is for applications where it is necessary to convey DVC6200f measurements from a function.
The configuration of the MAI function block and its associated output channels depends on the specific application.
CHANNEL [7]: Channel must always be set to 21.
The output parameters (OUT_1 to OUT_8 [8 through 15]) are set through the transducer block Instrument menu.
Each output has a channel assigned to it in MAI Channel Map (TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP [95]) in the transducer block.
For additional information, refer to table 464.
Block Errors
Table 462 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are inactive for the MAI block
and are given here only for your reference.
Troubleshooting
Refer to table 463 to troubleshoot any problem that you encounter.
188
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
1=FINAL_VALUE
2=TRAVEL_TARGET
3=FINAL_POSITION_VALUE
MAI Channel 4=TRAVEL
7 21 only 0 = undefined
CHANNEL 5=SUPPLY_PRESS
6=ACT_PRESS_A
7=ACT_PRESS_B
8=ACT_PRESS_DIFF
9=DRIVE_SIGNAL
10=TRAVEL_DEVIATION
11=TEMPERATURE
12=CYCLE_COUNT
13=TRAVEL_ACCUM
-Continued-
189
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
190
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating
parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains
static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 465. MAI Function Block, View 1 Table 467. MAI Function Block, View 3
Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV 1 ST_REV
5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE 5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE
5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE 5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE
5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE 5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE
5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE 5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE
6 BLOCK_ERR 6 BLOCK_ERR
8 OUT_1 8 OUT_1
9 OUT_2 9 OUT_2
10 OUT_3 10 OUT_3
11 OUT_4 11 OUT_4
12 OUT_5 12 OUT_5
13 OUT_6 13 OUT_6
14 OUT_7 14 OUT_7
15 OUT_8 15 OUT_8
191
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
192
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
BKCAL_OUT_D
CAS_IN_D
DO OUT_D
READBACK_D
CASIND= The remote set point value from another function block.
BKCALOUTD = The value and status required by the
BKCALIND input of another block for output tracking.
OUT_D = The block output and status.
READBACK_D = Actual valve position
The DO block supports mode control and simulation. In operation, the DO function block determines its set point and
sets the output. The transducer block provides a readback signal of actual position from the instrument. Figure 427
illustrates the primary inputs and outputs of the DO function block, figure 428 illustrates the internal components of
the DO function block. Table 472 lists definitions for the function block parameters.
193
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
RCAS_OUT_D
RCAS_IN_D
BKCAL_OUT_D
PV_D
SP_D
CONVERT AND
STATUS
CAS_IN_D CALCULATION OUT_D
IO_OPTS READBACK_D
MODE
SIMULATE_D
SHED MODE
CHANNEL
TRANSDUCER TRANSDUCER
BLOCK FEEDBACK BLOCK
When setting up the DO block, CHANNEL [18] must be set to 22, and SHED_OPT [23] must be nonzero.
Note
Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2]) will remain out of service and the block cannot be scheduled if the block has not
been licensed. Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office to upgrade product licensing.
Note
Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2]) will remain in IMAN and the block Readback status will be Bad - Not Connected if
the Output Block Selection is set incorrectly. From the transducer block method Outblock Selection, select the desired output
block, see page 73.
Modes
The DO block supports the following modes:
Manual (Man)The block output OUT_D [9] value may be entered manually.
Automatic (Auto)The block algorithm uses the local set point SP_D [8]value to determine OUT_D [9].
194
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Cascade (Cas)The block uses a set point supplied by another function block.
Note
The transducer block must be in Auto for the mode to go to AUTO, CAS or MAN.
Out of Service (OOS)The block is not processed and the output is not transferred to I/O. The BLOCK_ERR [6]
attribute shows Out of service.
Mode Handling
Shed Options RCAS Mode Only
Shed from or climb to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED_OPT [23]. A block climbs and sheds
through the same path. For example, if SHED_OPT [23] specifies that a block should shed to Auto, then, if the block
target mode is set to RCas, the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas. You can configure the shed option as
follows:
NormalOn failure of a remote cascade connection, the block attempts to attain the highest permitted nonremote
mode until remote cascade is restored. Cas is the highest permitted nonremote mode and Auto is is the next
permitted nonremote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.
Retained TargetThe retained target mode is the target mode for the block before changing the target mode to a
remote mode. On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block attempts to attain the retained target mode.
AutoOn failure of a remote cascade connection, the block attempts to attain Auto, if permitted, until remote
cascade is restored.
ManOn failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sheds to Man until a remote cascade connection is
restored.
NormalOn failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted
nonremote mode. Cas is the highest permitted nonremote mode and Auto is is the next highest permitted
nonremote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.
Retained TargetThe retained target mode is the target mode for the block before changing the target mode to a
remote mode. On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode.
195
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
AutoOn failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to Auto, if permitted.
ManOn failure of remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to Man, if permitted.
The user may configure SHED_OPT [23] so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted. When doing this, the
mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic:
Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted.
Block Initialization
The Fieldbus Foundation specification requires that certain parameters have initial values of uninitialized in function
blocks. In addition to setting the Resource block mode to AUTO, the control system or the user must change those
parameters from their uninitialized value to a valid value in order for the function block to move from the Out of
Service mode. For the DO function block, the parameters that must be initialized are:
CHANNEL [18]
Status Handling
Under normal operating conditions, the status of OUT_D [9] is Good NonCascade, and the status of BKCAL_OUT_D
[21] is Good:Cascade. If the output hardware fails, the status of BKCAL_OUT_D [21] is set to Bad:Device Fail, and the
BLOCK_ERR [6] shows Output Failure. If the hardware used for output feedback fails, the status of READBACK_D [16]
and PV_D [7] is set to Bad:DeviceFail, and the BLOCK_ERR [6] shows Process Variable has Bad Status. If the transducer
block mode is Out of Service, the status of READBACK_D [16] and PV_D [7] is set to Bad:Out of Service.
I/O Selection
To select the I/O associated with the discrete output, configure the value of the CHANNEL [18] parameter. Table 469
lists the valid Channel selections for the DO block.
Table 469. Channel Selections for the Discrete Output Function Block
Selection Transducer Block Parameter Transducer block Index Description
22 SETPOINT_D 32 Discrete Valve Control
0 - - Uninitialized
196
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
To further customize the output, configure the following supported I/O options: SP tracks PV in Man,
SP tracks PV in LO, SP Track retained target in Man or LO, Fault State to Value, Use Fault State value on restart, Target
to Man if Fault State activated, and US PV for BKCAL_OUT.
Note
You can configure the supported I/O options in Out of Service mode only.
The SP_PV Track in Man option permits the set point to track the process variable when the block is in Manual mode.
With this option enabled, the set point (SP_D [8]) becomes a copy of the process variable
(PV_D [7]), and a manuallyentered SP_D [8] value is overwritten on the block's next execution cycle. This option can
prevent a state change when transitioning from Manual to Automatic mode. You can disable this option in Manual or
Out of Service mode only.
The Invert option inverts the set point at SP_D [8] before it is stored in OUT_D [9]. With this option enabled, OUT_D
[9] becomes an inverted copy of SP_D [8] where nonzero values of SP_D [8] are considered a logic 1. With this option
disabled, OUT_D [9] is a direct copy of SP_D [8]. The readback value is processed through the Invert option to become
PV_D [7]. The Use PV for BKCAL_OUT option specifies that BKCAL _OUT equal the value of the process variable (PV_D
[7]) instead of the set point (SP_D [8]). If you do not enable this option, BKCAL_OUT will equal SP_D [8].
197
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Block Errors
Table 471 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the DO
block and are provided only for your reference.
IO_OPTS [14]: Determines the action OUT_D [9] will take upon a fault state. If the IO_OPTS [14] Fault State to Value
is not selected, then OUT_D [9] holds its last position when Fault State is set. If Fault State to Value is selected,
OUT_D [9] goes to the FSTATE_VAL_D [20] value when Fault State is set.
FSTATE_TIME [19]: The length of time, in seconds, that the DO block will wait to set Fault State. When
Fault State is set, the OUT_D [9] value goes to either the FSTATE_VAL_D [20] value or holds its last position, depending
on I/O_OPTS [14]. When the block has a target mode of CAS, a fault condition will be detected if the CAS_IN_D [17]
has a BAD status or an Initiate Fault State substatus is received from the upstream block.
FSTATE_VAL_D [20]: Determines the OUT_D [9] value if IO_OPTS [14] Fault State to Value is selected. The OUT_D
[9] value transitions to FSTATE_VAL_D [20] after FSTATE_TIME [19] elapses and the fault condition has not cleared.
Simulation
To support testing of the control strategy, you can enable the SIMULATE_D [17] parameter. Normally, the valve
position value and status used for READBACK_D [16] in the DO block reflect actual process values to the nearest 5%, as
provided by the transducer block. When the SIMULATE_D [17] parameter is enabled, value and status used for
READBACK_D [16] is supplied by the user manually. To enable simulation in the DO function block, the simulate
jumper must be installed. Refer to page 40 of the Installation section for information on the installation of this jumper.
198
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Note
When simulate is active, the output block no longer writes values to the transducer block. If the Output Blk Timeout period is
exceeded, the transducer block may move the valve to the Zero Power Condition depending on the configuration of the Output
Block Timeout Alert.
Simulate Enable_Disable determines whether the function block will use the actual valve position value and status,
or Simulate Value and Simulate Status.
Transducer Value and Status reflect the process values provided by the transducer block.
Simulate Value and Status may be entered by the user when Simulate Enable_Disable is set to Enabled.
To use simulate, first install the simulate jumper in the terminal box, then set Simulate Enable_Disable to Enabled,
then enter the desired values for Simulate Value and Status.
When SIMULATE_D [10] is Enabled, the Simulate Active bit of the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter is set (refer to the Block
Errors description). When the simulate jumper is installed, the Simulate Jumper bit of the transducer block parameter
SELFTEST_STATUS [78] is set.
199
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
200
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
201
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
202
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating
parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains
static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 473. DO Function Block, View 1 Table 476. DO Function Block, View 4
Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV 1 ST_REV
5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE 3 STRATEGY
5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE 4 ALERT_KEY
5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE 14 IO_OPTS
5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE 15 STATUS_OPTS
6 BLOCK_ERR 18 CHANNEL
7 PV_D 19 FSTATE_TIME
8 SP_D 20 FSTATE_VAL_D
9 OUT_D 24 SHED_OPT
16 READBACK_D 27 SP_RATE_UP
17 CAS_IN_D 28 SP_RATE_DN
203
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
204
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
TRANSDUCER
BLOCK
DI OUT_D
Normally, the block is used in Automatic mode so that the process variable (PV_D [7]) is copied to the output (OUT_D
[8]). You can change the mode to Manual to disconnect the field signal and substitute a manuallyentered value for
the output. In this case, PV_D [7] continues to show the value that will become the OUT_D [8] when the mode is
changed to Automatic.
To support testing, you can enable simulation, which allows the measurement value to be supplied manually through
the SIMULATE_D [9] parameter. Figure 430 illustrates the internal components of the DI function block, and table
481 lists the definitions of the block parameters.
Discrete Signal
FIELD_VAL_D
Alarm Detection
OUT_D
PV_D
Invert Option
SIMULATE MODE
205
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Modes
The Discrete Input function block supports the following modes:
Manual (Man)The block output (OUT_D [8]) is disconnected from the field and set manually.
Out of Service (OOS)The block is not processed. The OUT_D [8] status is set to Bad: Out of Service. The
BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Out of Service.
Block Initialization
The Fieldbus Foundation specification requires that certain parameters in the function blocks have initial values of
uninitialized. In addition to setting the Resource block mode to AUTO, the control system or the user must change
those parameters from their uninitialized value to a valid value in order for the function block to move from the Out of
Service mode. For the DI function block, the CHANNEL [15] parameter must be initialized.
Status Handling
Under normal conditions, a Good: NonCascade status is passed through to OUT_D [8]. The block also supports the
Status Action On Failure and BLOCK_ERR [6] indications.
When SIMULATE_D [9] is enabled, FIELD_VAL_D [7], PV_D [7], and OUT_D [8] change to the simulated status. When
the block is set to Manual mode, OUT_D [7] is set to Good: Non-cascade, Constant status.
I/O Selection
To select the I/O associated with the discrete measurement, configure the value of the CHANNEL [15] parameter.
Valve travel
The CHANNEL [15] parameter for each of the four DI blocks available in the digital valve controller may be set
independently to achieve the desired position detection. The DI block CHANNEL [15] definitions are listed in table
477. Refer to the following descriptions for details of the operation of these channels.
Valve Travel
Channel 23 provides valve travel.
206
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Table 477. Channel Selection for the Discrete Input Function Block
Selection Transducer Block Parameter(1) Transducer Block Index Number Bit Number(2)
23 TRAVEL_D 33 N/A
24 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE 74.5 0: Travel Open
25 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE 74.5 1: Travel Closed
26 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE 74.4 2: Travel Limit Lo Lo
27 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE 74.4 4: Travel Limit Lo
28 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE 74.4 3: Travel Limit Hi
29 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE 74.4 1: Travel Limit Hi Hi
30 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE 74.5 5: Proximity Lo Lo
31 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE 74.5 4: Proximity Lo
32 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE 74.5 3: Proximity Hi
33 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE 74.5 2: Proximity Hi Hi
1. Refer to table 414 for parameter descriptions.
2. See pages 78 and 80, Travel ALerts and Prox Alerts, for information on accessing these alerts. Refer to Appendix G for information on accessing these alerts through DeltaV.
Table 478. Transducer Block Parameters Used with Discrete Input Function Block Channels 26 through 29
(Variable Limit Switch)
Transducer Block Parameter Parameter Function
Travel Lo Lo Alert Point Lo Lo Limit Switch Trip Point
Travel Lo Lo Alert Deadband Lo Lo Limit Switch Deadband
Travel Lo Alert Point Lo Limit Switch Trip Point
Travel Lo Alert Deadband Lo Limit Switch Deadband
Travel Hi Alert Point Hi Limit Switch Trip Point
Travel Hi Alert Deadband Hi Limit Switch Deadband
Travel Hi Hi Alert Point Hi Hi Limit Switch Trip Point
Travel Hi Hi Alert Deadband Hi Hi Limit Switch Deadband
207
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
the detected position. Figure 431 illustrates the operation of the proximity detection function. Travel Alert Point
refers to Travel Lo Alert Point, Travel Hi Alert Point, Travel Lo Lo Alert Point, and Travel Hi Hi Alert Point in table 479.
Travel Alert Deadband refers to Travel Lo Alert Deadband, Travel Hi Alert Deadband, Travel Lo Lo Alert Deadband, and
Travel Hi Hi Alert Deadband in table 479.
DISCRETE INPUT
CLEARED
DEADZONE, 1% OF TRAVEL
Table 479. Transducer Block Parameters Used with Discrete Input Function Block Channels 30 through 33
Transducer Block Parameter Parameter Function
Travel Lo Lo Alert Point Lo Lo Proximity Detection Center Point
Travel Lo Lo Alert Deadband Lo Lo Proximity Detection Width
Travel Lo Alert Point Lo Proximity Detection Center Point
Travel Lo Alert Deadband Lo Proximity Detection Width
Travel Hi Alert Point Hi Proximity Detection Center Point
Travel Hi Alert Deadband Hi Proximity Detection Width
Travel Hi Hi Alert Point Hi Hi Proximity Detection Center Point
Travel Hi Hi Alert Deadband Hi Hi Proximity Detection Width
Note
Invert is the only I/O option that the DI block supports. You can set the I/O option only when the block mode is Out of Service.
208
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Alarm Detection
To select the state that initiates an input alarm, and to set discrete alarm substatus in the output, configure the
DISC_LIM [23] parameter. You can enter any value between 0 and 255. A value of 255 disables the alarm. When
OUT_D [8] matches the DISC_LIM [23] state, the discrete value of an alarm is set.
Block Errors
Table 480 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the DI
block and are provided only for your reference.
Action on Failure
In case of hardware failure, FIELD_VAL_D [17], PV_D [7], and OUT_D [8] change to a Bad status and the BLOCK_ ERR
[6] parameter shows Process Variable has Bad Status. If the transducer block mode is Out of Service, the status of
FIELD_VAL_D [17], PV_D [7], and OUT_D [8] is set to Bad:Out of Service.
Simulation
To support testing of the control strategy, you can enable the SIMULATE_D [9] parameter. Normally the measurement
value and status used for FIELD_VAL_D [17] in the DI block reflect actual process values as provided by the transducer
block. When the SIMULATE_D [9] parameter is enabled, value and status used for FIELD_VAL_D [17] is supplied by the
user manually. To enable simulation in the DI function block, the simulate jumper must be installed. For information
on the installation of this jumper, see the Installation section.
Simulate_D enable/disable determines whether the function block will use the actual process value and status, or
Simulate Value and Simulate Status.
Transducer Value and Status reflect the process values provided by the transducer block.
Simulate Value and Status may be entered by the user when enable/disable is set to enabled.
209
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
To use simulate, first install the simulate jumper in the terminal box, then set Simulate_D enable/disable to enabled,
then enter the desired values for Simulate Value and Status.
When SIMULATE_D [9] is enabled, the Simulate Active bit of the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter is set (refer to the Block
Errors description). When the simulate jumper is installed, the Simulate Jumper bit of the transducer block parameter
SELFTEST_STATUS [78] is set.
Application Information
Figure 432 compares the operation of a standard discrete input to a proximity discrete input. With the standard
discrete input, the discrete input changes state when the valve position passes a configurable trip point. This can be
used to indicate if the valve position is above or below the trip point.
Configurable
Band
1
With the proximity discrete input a configurable band can be established about a central point. Whenever the valve
position enters this configurable band, the discrete input changes state. A proximity discrete input is useful for
applications which require knowing the location of the valve when the valve is not near 0% or 100%.
210
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
211
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
212
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
213
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
View Lists
View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating
parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains
static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.
Table 482. DI Function Block, View 1 Table 484. DI Function Block, View 3
Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter
1 ST_REV 1 ST_REV
5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE 5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE
5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE 5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE
5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE 5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE
5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE 5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE
6 BLOCK_ERR 6 BLOCK_ERR
7 PV_D 7 PV_D
8 OUT_D 8 OUT_D
17 FIELD_VAL_D 17 FIELD_VAL_D
20.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT 20.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT
20.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED 20.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED
20.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED 20.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED
20.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED 20.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED
214
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
215
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
216
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
For digital valve controllers that are ordered separately, recalibration of the pressure sensors generally is unnecessary.
However, after mounting on an actuator, perform the initial setup then calibrate travel by selecting Configure / Setup >
Calibration > Auto Calibration. For more detailed calibration information, refer to the following calibration procedures.
Calibration
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration
Auto Calibration This procedure automatically calibrates the travel. The calibration procedure uses the valve and
actuator stops as the 0% and 100% calibration points.
Manual Calibration This procedure permits manual calibration of the travel. This calibration procedure allows you
to determine the 0% and 100% calibration points.
Supply Pressure This procedure permits calibrating the supply pressure sensor. Normally the sensor is calibrated at
the factory and should not need calibration.
Pressure A This procedure permits calibrating the pressure A sensor. Normally the sensor is calibrated at the
factory and should not need calibration.
Pressure B This procedure permits calibrating the pressure B sensor. Normally the sensor is calibrated at the
factory and should not need calibration.
To display the calibrate menu, from the Online menu, select Configure / Setup and Calibration.
Note
The Instrument Mode must be Out Of Service and the Protection set to None before the instrument can be calibrated.
If you are operating in burst mode, we recommend that you disable burst before continuing with calibration. Once calibration is
complete, burst mode may then be turned back on.
WARNING
During calibration the valve will move full stroke. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of
pressure or process fluid, isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the
process fluid.
217
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
If a doubleacting relay is used, you will be prompted to run the relay adjustment when auto or manual calibration is
selected. Select Yes to adjust the relay, select No to proceed with calibration. For additional information, refer to Relay
Adjustment in this section.
Note
Relay Adjustment is only available for the doubleacting relay (Relay A).
Auto Calibration
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Auto Calibration
Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to automatically calibrate travel.
1. The auto calibration procedure is automatic. It is completed when the Calibration menu appears.
During calibration, the instrument seeks the high and low end points and the minor loop feedback (MLFB) and output
bias. By searching for the end points, the instrument establishes the limits of physical travel, i.e. the actual travel 0 and
100% positions. This also determines how far the relay beam swings to calibrate the sensitivity of the beam position
sensor.
2. Place the instrument In Service and verify that the travel properly tracks the current source.
Manual Calibration
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Manual Calibration
Note
0% Travel = Valve Closed ; 100% Travel = Valve Open
1. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and size of change required to set the travel at 0% (move the valve
to close). Selecting large, medium, and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 10.0%, 1.0%, and 0.1%,
respectively, to the travel feedback movement. Selecting Next will implement the adjustment.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 1. Otherwise, select Done and go to step 2.
2. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and size of change required to set the travel to 100% (move the
valve to open).
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 2. Otherwise, select Done and go to step 3.
218
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Relay
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Relay
Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to check relay adjustment. Replace the digital valve controller
cover when finished.
Note
Relay B and C are not useradjustable.
DoubleActing Relay
The doubleacting relay is designated by Relay A on a label affixed to the relay itself. For doubleacting actuators, the
valve must be near midtravel to properly adjust the relay. The Field Communicator will automatically position the
valve when Relay is selected.
CAUTION
Care should be taken during relay adjustment as the adjustment disc may disengage if rotated too far.
Rotate the adjustment disc, shown in figure 51, until the output pressure displayed on the Field Communicator is
between 50 and 70% of supply pressure. This adjustment is very sensitive. Be sure to allow the pressure reading to
stabilize before making another adjustment (stabilization may take up to 30 seconds or more for large actuators).
ADJUSTMENT DISC
FOR DOUBLEACTING RELAYS:
ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN
THIS DIRECTION TO INCREASE
OUTPUT PRESSURE
W9034
219
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
If the low bleed relay option has been ordered stabilization may take approximately two minutes longer than the
standard relay.
Relay A may also be adjusted for use in singleacting direct applications. Rotate the adjustment disc as shown in figure
51 for singleacting direct operation.
SingleActing Relays
WARNING
For instrument level PD only:
If the unused port is monitoring pressure, ensure that the pressure source conforms to ISA Standard 7.0.01 and does not
exceed the pressure supplied to the instrument.
Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage caused by loss of process control.
The singleacting direct relay is designated by Relay C on a label affixed to the relay itself. Relay C requires no
adjustment.
The singleacting reverse relay is designated by Relay B on a label affixed to the relay itself. Relay B is calibrated at the
factory and requires no further adjustment.
Note
The pressure sensor is calibrated at the factory and should not require calibration.
To calibrate the supply pressure sensor, connect an external reference gauge to the output side of the supply
regulator. The gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure. Select Follow the
prompts on the Field Communicator display to calibrate the instrument's supply pressure sensor.
1. Select a) Zero Only, or b) Zero and Span (gauge required).
a. If Zero Only calibration is selected, adjust the supply pressure regulator to remove supply pressure from the
instrument. Press OK. Once calibration is complete, go to step 5.
b. If Zero and Span calibration is selected, adjust the supply pressure regulator to remove supply pressure from the
instrument. Press OK. Adjust the supply regulator to the maximum instrument supply pressure. Press OK.
Proceed with step 2.
220
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Pressure A or B Sensor
Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Pressure A
To calibrate the output pressure sensor, connect an external reference gauge to the output being calibrated. The
gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure. Select . Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator display to calibrate the instrument's output pressure sensor.
1. Adjust the supply pressure regulator to the maximum instrument supply pressure. Press OK.
2. The instrument reduces the output pressure to 0. The following message appears.
221
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
222
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
View Lists
View Lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. View lists are available for the
resource and transducer blocks, and the function blocks.
Resource Blocktables 44 through 47 OS Function Blocktables 449 through 452
Transducer Blocktables 415 through 423 AI Function Blocktables 458 through 461
AO Function Blocktables 426 through 429 MAI Function Blocktables 465 through 468
PID Function Blocktables 433 through 437 DO Function Blocktables 473 through 476
IS Function Blocktables 441 through 444 DI Function Blocktables 482 through 485
Note
Views Lists are used by hosts for efficient monitoring of multiple parameters. Normally you will not be aware of view list usage, as
they are hidden by the host software.
Resource Block
This section contains information on the DVC6200f digital valve controller resource block. The resource block defines
the physical resources of the device. The resource block also handles functionality that is common across multiple
blocks. The block has no linkable inputs or outputs.
223
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Device Diagnostics
Resource Block Error
(RB > Device Diagnostics > Resource Block Error)
Field Communicator RB > Device Diagnostics > Resource Block Error
Block Error (BLOCK_ERR [6]) indicates an error status associated with hardware or software for the resource block.
Table 61 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the
resource block and are provided only for your reference.
Device State
Field Communicator RB > Device Diagnostics > Device State
Device State (RS_STATE [7]) indicates the state of the function blocks. Four states are possible:
InitializationThe instrument enters this state upon restart or failure. The function blocks are in the IMan mode.
During the initialization state, all unreported function block alarms are automatically confirmed and acknowledged.
Once the instrument is considered operational, block execution is scheduled and the instrument state moves to
Online.
OnlineThe instrument will be in this state if it is operational. The function blocks are initially in the Auto mode, but
can be changed to a higher level mode.
StandbyThe instrument enters this state if the resource block mode is Out of Service (OOS). In this state all
function block modes are forced to Out of Service. The transducer block mode is not affected. When the resource
block mode is changed to Auto, the instrument state moves to Online.
Failure The instrument moves to this state whenever a hardware or memory failure is detected which would
prevent reliable operation. All function blocks and the transducer block modes are Out of Service.
Write Lock
Field Communicator RB > Device Diagnostics > Write Lock
Write Lock
Write Lock (WRITE_LOCK [34]) determines if writes are permissible to other device parameters. The Soft Write Lock
feature must be selected to be able to use Write Lock (see Selecting Features). When Write Lock is set to Locked, no
writes are permitted to any parameters within the device except to set Write Lock to Not Locked. When locked, the
block functions normally, updating inputs and outputs and executing algorithms. When Write Lock is set to Not
Locked, the Write Alarm alert is active.
224
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Block Alarm
Field Communicator RB > Device Diagnostics > Block Alarm
The Block Alarm (BLOCK_ALM [36]) is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure or system problems in
the block.
Block Alarm: Alarm State (BLOCK_ALM. ALARM_STATE [36.2]) indicates the state of the Block Alarm. Five states are
possible:
Undefined
Clear reported
Clear not reported
Active reported
Active not reported
1 = Undefined
2 = Acknowledged
3 = Unacknowledged
Maintenance
Field Communicator RB > Device Diagnostics > Maintenance
Restart Actions
WARNING
Restarting the instrument may cause loss of process control. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the
release of pressure of process fluid, isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or
bleed off the process fluid.
You can restart the instrument to reset parameters, links, etc. within the instrument. However, due to the effect that a
restart can have on the instrument, and therefore the control loop, restarting the instrument should be used
cautiously and only as a last measure. The following procedure describes how to use Restart Options to restart the
instrument with a Field Communicator. You can also restart the instrument using ValveLink software or from a host
system using the Restart method included with the device description (DD) software.
You can restart the instrument any time it is connected to an active segment.
Field Communicator RB > Device Diagnostics > Maintenance > Restart Actions
1. Restart informs you about what can happen when an instrument restart is performed. Select Yes to continue, or No
to abort without restarting.
2. Select the desired restart action or select EXIT to exit Restart. Select Help (not the Help button) to get information
on restart actions.
225
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
There are two different restarts: Restart Processor, and Restart with Defaults:
When selecting either of these options, Restart informs you of the consequences of this action and asks if you want to
continue. Select Yes to perform the restart action, select No to select another action or exit. Restart informs you when
the restart is completed. You must acknowledge the message to continue.
Restart ProcessorPerforming a Restart Processor has the same effect as removing power from the instrument and
reapplying power. Configuration and calibration do not change.
Restart with DefaultsPerforming a Restart with Defaults should be done with care. This restart resets most of the
static and nonvolatile parameters for all of the blocks in the instrument to their initial value, as listed in table 42. After
a Restart with Defaults, you should place the instrument in service (the transducer block mode to auto) and run Device
Setup and download the instrument configuration from the control system to properly setup the instrument. You also
may need to reestablish communication links and trends.
Fault StateFault State (FAULT_STATE [28]), when active, indicates that the resource block is currently forcing the
output block to perform its FSTATE [28] action. Selecting Fault State enables the ability to manually set and clear
the fault state.
Set Fault StateSelecting Set Fault State (SET_FSTATE [29] changes the Fault State (FAULT_STATE [28]) to Active.
Setting Set FState (SET_FSTATE [29]) to SET manually places the instrument in the fault state.
Clear Fault StateSetting Clear FState (CLR_FSTATE [30]) to CLEAR clears the device fault state, if no faults are
currently active. You can test the actions the output blocks will perform by manually setting fault state active.
Device Variables
Instrument
Field Communicator RB > Device Variables > Instrument
The following parameters are contained in the the Instrument menu of the resource block.
Identification
Device IDThe 32 character Device ID (DEVICE_ID [54]).
Electronics Serial NumberThe Electronics Serial Number (ELECTRONICS_SN [49]) set at the factory.
Factory Serial NumberThe Factory Serial Number (FACTORY_SN [50]) is the instrument serial number set at the
factory.
Field Serial NumberThe Field Serial Number (FIELD_SN [51]) is the serial number of the valve and actuator on
which the instrument is mounted.
Tag DescriptionThe Tag Description (TAG_DESC [2]) is unique description of each block within the digital valve
controller, used to describe the intended application for the block. Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator
to enter an up to 32 character description for the block in the Tag Description field. (This parameter is read/write.)
StrategyStrategy (STRATEGY [3]) permits strategic grouping of blocks so the operator can identify where the
block is located. The blocks may be grouped by plant area, plant equipment, etc. Enter a value between 0 and
65535 in the Strategy field.
226
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Device TypeDevice Type (DEV_TYPE [11]) identifies the type of device. It is used by the host system to locate the
DD file for the device. For a DVC6200f digital valve controller with Standard Control the device type is 0x4602.
Version
Device RevisionDevice Revision (DEV_REV [12]) identifies the device revision number. It is used by the host system
to locate the DD file for the device.
Firmware RevisionFirmware Revision (FIRMWARE_REV_ALL [47.6]) shows all device firmware revisions currently in
operation.
Standby Firmware RevisionStandby Firmware Revision (STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_ALL [55.6]) shows all device
firmware revisions currently in standby.
ITK VersionITK Version (ITK_VER [41]) identifies the major version of the Interoperability Tester used by the
Fieldbus Foundation in certifying the device as interoperable. This device revision meets the requirements of
version 5.
Options
Field Communicator RB > Device Variables > Options
The following parameters are contained in the the Options menu of the resource block.
Diagnostic OptionsDiagnostic Options (DIAG_OPTIONS [45]) shows the diagnostic options available in the
instrument.
Function Block OptionsFunction Block Options (FB_OPTIONS [44]) shows which function blocks are licenced and
enabled in the instrument.
Features AvailableFeatures (FEATURES [17]) shows the supported resource block options.
DD Information
Field Communicator RB > Device Variables > DD Information
Transducer Block
This section contains information on the DVC6200f digital valve controller transducer block. Descriptions of all
transducer block parameters are included. The transducer block decouples function blocks from the local output
functions required to command output hardware. The transducer block typically contains setup and calibration
information.
227
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Device Diagnostics
Active PlantWeb Alerts
Field Communicator TB > Device Diagnostic > Active PlantWeb Alerts
Alert Conditions
Field Communicator TB > Device Diagnostic > Active Conditions
Instrument Alert Conditions, when enabled, detect many operational and performance issues that may be of interest.
The alert conditions for each group of alerts are listed below. If there are no alerts active for a particular group the
group will not be displayed on the Field Communicator.
Drive Current
Drive Current AlertThis alert is active when the difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual Drive
Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Time.
Drive Signal
Drive Signal AlertThe Drive Signal Alert is active if one of the following conditions exist:
Processor Impaired
Program Memory AlertThis alert is active if a pending flash or NVM failure is present.
Static Memory AlertThis alert is active when there is a failure of the FRAM memory where static parameters are
stored.
Processor AlertThis alert is active when there is a failure of the main processor.
I/O Processor AlertThis alert is active when there is a failure of the I/O processor.
228
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Travel Sensor
Travel SensorThis alert is active if the Travel Sensor reading is outside the functional range, or the sensor becomes
disconnected.
Pressure Sensors
Pressure A Sensor AlertThis alert is active if the Port A Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
Pressure B Sensor AlertThis alert is active if the Port B Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
Supply Pressure Sensor AlertThis alert is active if the Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.
Pressure Fallback
Pressure Fallback AlertThis alert is active if a travel sensor failure or a gross travel deviation has resulted in fallback to
pressure control.
Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor AlertThis alert is active if the temperature sensor reading is outside the functional range of the
sensor.
Supply Pressure
Supply Pressure Hi AlertThis alert is active if the supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Hi Alert.
Supply Pressure Lo AlertThis alert is active if the supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Lo Alert.
Temperature Limit
Temperature Hi AlertThis alert is active if the temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Point.
Temperature Lo AlertThis alert is active if the temperature is greater than the Temperature Lo Alert Point.
Travel Deviation
Travel Deviation AlertThis alert is active if the Travel deviation exceeds the Travel Deviation Alert Point by more than
the Travel Deviation Time.
Travel Limit
Travel Limit Hi Hi AlertThis alert is active if Travel exceeds the Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert point.
Travel Limit Lo Lo AlertThis alert is active if Travel is lower than the Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert point.
Travel Hi/Lo
Travel Limit Hi AlertThis alert is active if Travel exceeds the Travel Limit Hi Alert point.
Travel Limit Lo AlertThis alert is active if Travel is lower than the Travel Limit Lo Alert point.
Travel Open
Travel Open AlertThis alert is active if the travel is greater than the travel open alert point.
229
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Travel Closed
Travel Closed AlertThis alert is active if the travel is greater than the travel closed alert point.
Proximity
Proximity Hi Hi AlertThis alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Hi Alert Point
and the Travel Hi Hi Deadband.
Proximity Hi AlertThis alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Alert Point and the
Travel Hi Deadband.
Proximity Lo AlertThis alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Alert Point and the
Travel Lo Deadband.
Proximity Lo Lo AlertThis alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Lo Alert Point
and the Travel Lo Lo Deadband.
Travel HistoryIf a travel history alert is active it will appear under TVL HIST ALERTS
Cycle Counter
Cycle Counter AlertThis alert is active if the Cycle Counter exceeds the Cycle Count Alert Point.
Travel Accumulator
Travel Accumulator AlertThis alert is active if the Travel Accumulator exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point.
Performance Critical
Performance Critical AlertThis alert is active if the instrument is no longer able to control the valve or performance
has been dramatically reduced.
Performance Reduced AlertThis alert is active if the instrument has detected a reduction in performance.
Performance Information AlertThis alert is active if the instrument has detected a condition that may pertain to
control performance.
Status
Field Communicator TB > Device Diagnostic > Status
The setpoint and actual travel are greater than 98% or less than 2%.
Integrator Limited LoIndicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further. High valve
friction may cause this situation.
Integrator Limited HiIndicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further. High valve
friction may cause this situation.
230
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Travel Sensor Span ErrorIndicates that span between the endpoints of travel are not far enough apart. This error is
reported during automatic calibration.
MLFB ErrorIndicates that the Minor Loop Feedback sensor gave a nonvalid value during automatic calibration.
Travel Sensor Hi ErrorIndicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly above the normal
operating range, and has failed.
Travel Sensor Lo ErrorIndicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly below the normal
operating range, and has failed.
Pressure B Sensor FailureIndicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal
operating pressure, and has failed.
Pressure A Sensor FailureIndicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal
operating pressure, and has failed.
Supply Sensor FailureIndicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal
operating pressure, and has failed.
Drive Current AlertIndicates that the Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Point for more than the Drive
Current Alert Time.
Simulate Jumper ONIndicates the simulate jumper is connected to the DVC6200f between the two AUX terminals.
Block Error
Table 62 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] and XD_ERROR [11] parameters. Conditions in italics are not
applicable for the transducer block and are provided only for your reference.
231
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Device Record
Field Communicator TB > Device Diagnostic > Device Record
The following parameters are contained in the Device Record menu of the transducer block.
Maximum Recorded TemperatureMaximum Recorded Temperature (TEMP_MAX [86.1]) shows the maximum
temperature the instrument has experienced since installation.
Maximum Recorded Temperature TimeMaximum Recorded Temperature Time (TEMP_MAX_TIME [86.2]) shows
the date and time when the Temperature Maximum occurred.
Minimum Recorded TemperatureMinimum Recorded Temperature (TEMP_MIN [86.3]) shows the minimum
temperature the instrument has experienced since installation.
Minimum Recorded Temperature TimeMinimum Recorded Temperature Time (TEMP_MIN_TIME [86.4]) shows
the date and time when the Temperature Minimum occurred.
Maximum Recorded Supply PressureMaximum Recorded Supply Pressure (SUPPLY_PRESS_MAX [86.5]) shows the
maximum supply pressure the instrument has experienced since installation.
Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure TimeMaximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time (SUPP_PRESS_MAX_TIME
[86.6]) shows the date and time when the Supply Pressure Maximum occurred.
Minimum Recorded Supply PressureMinimum Recorded Supply Pressure (SUPP_PRESS_MIN [86.7]) shows the
minimum supply pressure the instrument has experienced since installation.
Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure TimeMinimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time (SUPP_PRESS_MIN_TIME
[86.8]) shows the date and time when the Supply Pressure Minimum occurred.
Stroke Valve is used to confirm proper valve operation. Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to
select from the following: Done, Ramp Open, Ramp Closed, Ramp to Target, Step to Target, and Stop.
DoneSelect this if you are done. All ramping is stopped when DONE is selected.
Ramp Openramps the travel toward open at the rate of 1.0% per second of the ranged travel.
Ramp Closedramps the travel toward closed at the rate of 1.0% per second of the ranged travel.
Ramp to Targetramps the travel to the specified target at the rate of 1.0% per second of the ranged travel.
232
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Trend
Field Communicator TB > Device Diagnostic > Trend
Trend chart of Setpoint (FINAL_VALUE.VALUE [13.2]), Travel (TRAVEL.VALUE [34.2]), and Pressure A
(PRESSURE_A.VALUE [36.2]).
Device Variables
Field Communicator TB > Device Variables
The Target (TARGET [5.1]) mode is the mode requested by the user or host system. Generally, only one mode is
allowed to be set, and it must be a permitted mode as defined by the permitted attribute of the mode parameter.
Additionally, all cascade targets (Cas, Rcas) must have AUTO set.
This is the current mode of the block. The actual (ACTUAL [5.2]) mode may differ from the target mode due to
operating conditions of the block.
Note
Block Mode:Actual drops the AUTO bit for the cascade targets. For example, target mode might have Cas and Auto set, but actual
mode will only have Cas set.
The permitted (PERMITTED [5.3]) mode defines the modes allowed for the block. This is set by the user or host system
but is restricted by the instrument to modes supported by the instrument for the particular block. Any change request
to the Target or Normal attribute is checked against the permitted attribute to ensure the requested mode is
permitted. When setting the Permitted mode, there is no check against any of the other attributes (Normal or Target
modes). Therefore, the normal or target mode attributes may have a value that is not permitted because the
permitted attribute was modified after the Normal or Target mode was set. This will have no effect on the instrument
until the user attempts to modify the Target or Normal mode. At this time these attributes are tested against the
Permitted modes, thus the user cannot change the Normal or Target modes to what was formerly permitted.
The normal (NORMAL [5.4]) mode is the mode the block should be in during normal operating conditions. The normal
mode is set by the user or host system and can only be set to a permitted mode (see permitted mode). The user or
host system can compare the actual mode to the normal mode and, based on the results, determine if the block is
operating normally.
233
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
AO Control - PreCharacterization
Setpoint
Setpoint (FINAL_VALUE.VALUE [13.2]) shows the value of the setpoint in % (percent) of ranged travel or pressure.
Setpoint is used for both travel and pressure control. This parameter will be written directly if the transducer block is in
MAN mode, or will be written automatically by the AO block if the transducer block is in AUTO mode.
Setpoint Status
Shows the Foundation Fieldbus status of Setpoint Value (FINAL_VALUE.STATUS [13.2]); Good, Uncertain, or Bad.
Travel (DeChar)
Travel (FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.VALUE [17.2]) shows the value of the travel in % (percent) of ranged travel. Travel
always represents how far the valve is open.
AO ControlPost Characterization
Travel Target
Travel
Travel (TRAVEL.VALUE [34.2]) displays the actual position of the valve in percent (%) of calibrated travel.
Travel Status
Shows the Foundation Fieldbus status of Travel Value (TRAVEL.STATUS [34.1]); Good, Uncertain, or Bad.
DO Control
Setpoint(D)
Discrete Setpoint (SETPOINT_D.VALUE [32.2]) shows the value of the setpoint in discrete values.
0 = closed, 1 = open, 5, 10, 15... = setpoint in 5% units. This parameter will be written directly if the transducer block is
in MAN mode, or will be written automatically by the DO block if the transducer block is in AUTO mode.
Travel(D)
Travel (TRAVEL_D.VALUE [33.2]) shows the value of the setpoint in discrete values. 0 = closed, 1 = open, 5, 10, 15... =
setpoint in 5% units.
Input Characterization
Input Characterization (INPUT_CHAR [50]) defines the relationship between the setpoint specified by the output
function block and the desired valve position.
234
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Travel/Pressure State
Travel/Pressure State (TVL_PRESS.STATE [41.2]) indicates if the instrument is being used for travel control (position
control) or as an I/P (pressure control).
PD Inside Status
PD Inside Status shows the status of Performance Diagnostics.
Protection
Indicates the status of Protection.
Drive Signal
Drive Signal (DRIVE_SIGNAL [53]) indicates the drive signal, as a percentage of the maximum drive available, going to
the I/P converter from the printed wiring board. In most applications, the drive signal ranges between 50% and 75% of
the maximum drive signal.
Temperature
Temperature (TEMPERATURE [48]) displays the internal temperature of the instrument in either degrees Fahrenheit or
Celsius.
Cycle Counter
Cycle Counter (CYCLE_COUNT [73]) records the number of times the travel changes direction. The change in direction
must occur after the deadband has been exceeded before it can be counted as a cycle.
Travel Accumulator
Travel Accumulator (TRAVEL_ACCUM [72]) indicates the total change in travel, in percent of ranged travel. The
accumulator only increments when travel exceeds the deadband. Then the greatest amount of change in one
direction from the original reference point (after the deadband has been exceeded) will be added to the Travel
Accumulator.
Travel Count
Travel Count (TVL_COUNT [43.1]) is the Travel Sensor readback displayed in A/D counts.
235
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Pressures
Supply
Supply (SUPPLY_PRESSURE_VALUE [35.2]) shows the value of the supply pressure in psi, bar, kPa, inHg, inH2O, or
kg/cm2.
Pressure A
Pressure A (PRESSURE_A.VALUE [36.2]) shows the value of Output Pressure A in psi, bar, kPa, inHg, inH2O, or kg/cm2.
Pressure B
Pressure B (PRESSURE_B.VALUE [37.2]) shows the value of Output Pressure B in psi, bar, kPa, inHg, inH2O, or kg/cm2.
A Minus B
A Minus B (PRESSURE_DIFF.VALUE [38.2]) shows the value of the output pressure differential in psi, bar, kPa, inHg,
inH2O, or kg/cm2.
236
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage can occur from cover failure due to overpressure. Ensure that the housing vent
opening is open and free of debris to prevent pressure buildup under the cover.
WARNING
To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover, do not rub or clean the cover with solvents. To do so could result in an
explosion. Clean with a mild detergent and water only.
WARNING
Avoid personal injury or property damage from sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts. Before performing
any maintenance procedures on the DVC6200f digital valve controller:
Always wear protective clothing, gloves, and eyewear.
Do not remove the actuator from the valve while the valve is still pressurized.
Disconnect any operating lines providing air pressure, electric power, or a control signal to the actuator. Be sure the
actuator cannot suddenly open or close the valve.
Use bypass valves or completely shut off the process to isolate the valve from process pressure. Relieve process pressure
from both sides of the valve.
Vent the pneumatic actuator loading pressure and relieve any actuator spring precompression.
Use lockout procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment.
Check with your process or safety engineer for any additional measures that must be taken to protect against process
media.
WARNING
When using natural gas as the supply medium, or for explosion proof applications, the following warnings also apply:
Remove electrical power before removing the housing cap. Personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion
may result if power is not disconnected before removing the cap.
Remove electrical power before disconnecting any of the pneumatic connections.
When disconnecting any of the pneumatic connections or any pressure retaining part, natural gas will seep from the
unit and any connected equipment into the surrounding atmosphere. Personal injury or property damage may result
from fire or explosion if natural gas is used as the supply medium and appropriate preventive measures are not taken.
237
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Preventive measures may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: ensuring adequate ventilation
and the removal of any ignition sources.
Ensure that the cover is correctly installed before putting this unit back into service. Failure to do so could result in
personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion.
CAUTION
When replacing components, use only components specified by the factory. Always use proper component replacement
techniques, as presented in this manual. Improper techniques or component selection may invalidate the approvals and
the product specifications, as indicated in table 11. It may also impair operations and the intended function of the device.
Because of the diagnostic capability of the DVC6200f, predictive maintenance is available through the use of ValveLink
software. Using the digital valve controller, valve and instrument maintenance can be enhanced, thus avoiding
unnecessary maintenance. For information on using ValveLink software, refer to the ValveLink software online help.
Tools Required
Table 71 lists the tools required for maintaining the DVC6200f digital valve controller.
Component Replacement
When replacing any of the components of the DVC6200f, the maintenance should be performed in an instrument
shop whenever possible. Make sure that the electrical wiring and pneumatic tubing is disconnected prior to
disassembling the instrument.
238
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or equipment damage from bursting of parts, turn off the supply pressure to the digital valve
controller and bleed off any excess supply pressure before attempting to remove the module base assembly from the
housing.
1. Unscrew the four captive screws in the cover (key 43) and remove the cover from the module base (key 2).
2. Using a 6 mm hex socket wrench, loosen the threesocket head screws (key 38). These screws are captive in the
module base by retaining rings (key 154).
Note
The module base is linked to the housing by two cable assemblies. Disconnect these cable assemblies after you pull the module
base out of the housing.
CAUTION
To avoid affecting performance of the instrument, take care not to damage the module base seal or guide surface. Do not
bump or damage the bare connector pins on the PWB assembly. Damaging either the module base or guide surface may
result in material damage, which could compromise the instruments ability to maintain a pressure seal.
3. Pull the module base straight out of the housing (key 1). Once clear of the housing, swing the module base to the
side of the housing to gain access to the cable assemblies.
4. The digital valve controller has two cable assemblies, shown in figure 71, which connect the module base, via the
printed wiring board assembly, to the travel sensor and the terminal box. Disconnect these cable assemblies from
the printed wiring board assembly on the back of the module base.
239
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
TERMINAL BOX
CONNECTOR
TRAVEL SENSOR CONNECTOR
PINS REMOVED FOR
GE39341
CONNECTOR KEYING
Note
To avoid affecting performance of the instrument, inspect the guide surface on the module and the corresponding seating area in
the housing before installing the module base assembly. These surfaces must be free of dust, dirt, scratches, and contamination.
Ensure the module base seal is in good condition. Do not reuse a damaged or worn seal.
1. Ensure the module base seal (key 237) is properly installed in the housing (key 1). Ensure the Oring (key 12) is in
place on the module base assembly.
2. Connect the terminal box connector to the PWB assembly (key 50). Orientation of the connector is required.
3. Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB assembly (key 50). Orientation of the connector is required.
4. Insert the module base (key 2) into the housing (key 1).
5. Install three socket head screws (key 38) in the module base into the housing. If not already installed, press three
retaining rings (key 154) into the module base. Evenly tighten the screws in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of
16 Nm (138 lbfin).
CAUTION
Personal injury, property damage, or disruption of process control can result if the cable assemblies/wiring are damaged
when attaching the cover to the module base assembly
Ensure that the cable assemblies/wiring are positioned in the cavity of the module base so they do not get compressed or
damaged when attaching the cover to the module base assembly in step 6.
240
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Submodule Maintenance
The digital valve controller's module base contains the following submodules: I/P converter, PWB assembly, and
pneumatic relay. If problems occur, these submodules may be removed from the module base and replaced with new
submodules. After replacing a submodule, the module base may be put back into service.
CAUTION
Exercise care when performing maintenance on the module base. Reinstall the cover to protect the I/P converter and
gauges when servicing other submodules.
In order to maintain accuracy specifications, do not strike or drop the I/P converter during submodule maintenance.
I/P Converter
Refer to figure 82 or 84 for key number locations. The I/P converter (key 41) is located on the front of the module
base.
Note
After I/P converter submodule replacement, calibrate the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications.
241
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
BOOTS
W9328 (KEY 210)
242
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
3. Install the I/P converter (key 41) straight into the module base (key 2), taking care that the two electrical leads feed
into the guides in the module base. These guides route the leads to the printed wiring board assembly submodule.
4. Install the shroud (key 169) over the I/P converter (key 41).
5. Install the four sockethead screws (key 23) and evenly tighten them in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of 1.6
Nm (14 lbfin).
6. After replacing the I/P converter, calibrate travel or perform touchup calibration to maintain accuracy
specifications.
Note
The DVC6200f PWB assembly must be firmware revision 2.0 or later.
Note
If the PWB assembly submodule is replaced, calibrate and configure the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications.
Note
Calibration is required for either Travel or Pressure Control after PWB Assembly replacement.
Note that only one calibration is needed, depending on control selection.
243
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Pneumatic Relay
Refer to figure 82 or 84 for key number locations. The pneumatic relay (key 24) is located on the front of the module
base.
Note
After relay submodule replacement, calibrate the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications.
RELAY SEAL
W8074
3. Position the relay (with shroud) on the module base. Tighten the four screws, in a crisscross pattern, to a final
torque of 2 Nm (20.7 lbfin).
4. Using the Field Communicator, verify that the value for Relay Type parameter matches the relay type installed.
5. After replacing the relay and verifying the relay type, calibrate travel or perform touchup calibration to maintain
accuracy specifications
Perform the following procedure to replace the gauges, tire valves, or pipe plugs. Refer to figure 82and 83 for key
number locations.
244
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
For pipe plugs (key 66) and tire valves (key 67), use a wrench to remove these from the module base.
3. Apply zinc based anti-seize sealant (key 64) to the threads of the replacement gauges, pipe plugs, or tire valves.
4. Using a wrench, screw the gauges, pipe plugs, or tire valves into the module base.
Terminal Box
WARNING
Refer to the Maintenance WARNING at the beginning of this section.
The terminal box is located on the housing and contains the terminal strip assembly for field wiring connections.
1. Loosen the set screw (key 58) in the cap (key 4) so that the cap can be unscrewed from the terminal box.
2. After removing the cap (key 4), note the location of field wiring connections and disconnect the field wiring from
the terminal box.
3. Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure.
4. Disconnect the terminal box wiring connector from the PWB assembly (key 50).
5. Remove the screw (key 72). Pull the terminal box assembly straight out of the housing.
Note
Inspect all Orings for wear and replace as necessary.
1. Apply lubricant, silicone sealant to the Oring (key 34) and install the Oring over the stem of the terminal box.
2. Insert the terminal box assembly stem into the housing until it bottoms out. Position the terminal box assembly so
that the hole for the screw (key 72) in the terminal box aligns with the threaded hole in the housing. Install the
screw (key 72).
245
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
3. Connect the terminal box wiring connector to the PWB assembly (key 50).
4. Reassemble the module base to the housing by performing the Replacing the Module Base procedure.
5. Reconnect the field wiring as noted in step 2 in the Removing the Terminal Box procedure.
6. Apply lubricant, silicone sealant to the Oring (key 36) and install the Oring over the 25/8 inch threads of the
terminal box. Use of a tool is recommended to prevent cutting the Oring while installing it over the threads.
7. Apply lithium grease (key 63) to the 25/8 inch threads on the terminal box to prevent seizing or galling when the
cap is installed.
8. Screw the cap (key 4) onto the terminal box.
9. Install a set screw (key 58) into the cap (key 4). Loosen the cap (not more than 1 turn) to align the set screw over
one of the recesses in the terminal box. Tighten the set screw (key 58).
Instrument Troubleshooting
What to Do First
When a problem occurs, check the following first:
Mounting
Is the feedback linkage connected correctly? See the beginning of this section.
Utility Connections
Are pneumatic connections correct? Are there any air leaks? See the Installation section.
Is the digital valve controller correctly connected to the fieldbus? See the Installation section.
Is there power to the device? Is the terminal voltage between 9 and 32 volts? See the Installation section.
Is the host system connected to the segment? See host system documentation.
If communication or output difficulties are experienced with the instrument, refer to the troubleshooting information
provided in table 72.
246
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
247
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
248
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
249
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
250
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
12. What is the safe position of the valve? Fail Closed ____ Fail Open ____
Interface and Diagnostic Tools
13. What interface and diagnostic tools are available?___________________________________
14. Provide any available supporting documentation, such as Status Monitor, Detailed Setup, any alert readings.
Mounting
Reference
1. Actuator application: sliding-stem? _________ Rotary? _________
2. Which digital valve controller do you have? DVC6200f _________ DVC6205f/DVC6215 _________
3. What Make, Brand, Style, Size, etc. actuator is the DVC6200f mounted on? _________________________
Operational
4. What is the full travel of the valve?__________________________________
5. What is the Mounting Kit part number? ______________________________
Other
6. If mounting kits are made by LBP/Customer, please provide pictures of installation.
251
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
252
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Section 8 Parts8-8-
Parts Ordering
Whenever corresponding with your Emerson Process Management sales office about this equipment, always mention
the controller serial number. When ordering replacement parts, refer to the 11character part number of each
required part as found in the following parts list. Part numbers are shown for kits and recommended spares only. For
part numbers not shown, contact your Emerson Process Management sales office.
WARNING
Use only genuine Fisher replacement parts. Components that are not supplied by Emerson Process Management should
not, under any circumstances, be used in any Fisher instrument. Use of components not supplied by Emerson Process
Management may void your warranty, might adversely affect the performance of the instrument, and could cause personal
injury and property damage.
Kit Description Part Number 6* Spare Module Base Assembly Kit, aluminum
1* Elastomer Spare Parts Kit (kit contains parts to [kit contains module base (key 2); drive screws, qty. 2,
service one digital valve controller) (key 11); shield/label (key 19); hex socket cap screw, qty. 3,
Standard 19B5402X012 (key 38); self tapping screw, qty. 2 (key 49); pipe plug, qty. 3
Extreme Temperature option (key 61); retaining ring, qty. 3 (key 154); screen (key 236);
(fluorosilicone elastomers) 19B5402X022 and flame arrestors, qty. 3 (key 243)]
GE18654X012
2* Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit (kit contains parts
to service one digital valve controller) 19B5403X012 7* Spare Housing Assembly Kit, aluminum
[kit contains housing (key 1); vent assembly (key 52);
3* Seal Screen Kit seal (only included in Housing A kits) (key 288);
[kit contains 25 seal screens (key 231) seal (key 237); Oring (key 34); Oring (only used
and 25 Orings (key 39)] with integrally mounted regulator) (key 5)]
Standard and Extreme Temperature option 14B5072X182
(fluorosilicone elastomers) Housing A (used for GX actuator)
Standard (nitrile elastomers) GE48798X032
4* Terminal Box Kit, aluminum Extreme Temperature option
Standard GE44077X012 (fluorosilicone elastomers) GE48798X042
Standard, Natural Gas approved GE44081X012 Housing B (used for all actuators except GX)
Standard (nitrile elastomers) GE48798X072
Extreme Temperature option Extreme Temperature option
(fluorosilicone elastomers) GE44078X012 (fluorosilicone elastomers) GE48798X082
Extreme Temperature option
fluorosilicone elastomers) 8* Spare I/P Shroud Kit
Natural Gas Approved GE44082X012 [kit contains shroud (key 169) and
hex socket cap screw, qty. 4 (key 23)] GE29183X012
5* I/P Converter Kit
Standard 38B6041X152
For Extreme Temperature option
(fluorosilicone elastomers) 38B6041X132
Common Parts 23
39*
Cap Screw, hex socket, SST(2)(8) (4 req'd)
Oring(1)(3)(5)
(see figure 82, 83, and 84) 41 I/P Converter(5)
169 Shroud(5)(8) (not shown, see figure 74)
DVC6200f and DVC6205f 210* Boot, nitrile(1)(5) (2 req'd) (see figure 74)
231* Seal Screen(1)(3)(5)
16* Oring(1) (3 req'd)
29 Warning label, for use only with LCIE hazardous area
classifications
33 Mach Screw, pan hd, SST(2) (3 req'd)
38 Cap Screw, hex socket, SST(2)(6) (3 req'd)
*Recommended spare
43* Cover Assembly (includes cover screws) 1. Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit
2. Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit
Standard 38B9580X022 3. Available in the Seal Screen Kit
Extreme temperature option 5. Available in the I/P Converter Kit
(fluorosilicone elastomers) 38B9580X032 6. Available in the Spare Module Base Assembly Kit
7. Available in the Spare Housing Assembly Kit
8. Available in the Spare Shroud Kit
254
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
GASBLOCKING
DVC6200f and DVC6205f PRESSFIT ADAPTOR
Low Bleed
Housing A (used for GX actuator) W99231
*Recommended spare
1. Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit
2. Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit
4. Available in the Terminal Box Kit
255
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
257
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Figure 82. FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Housing Assembly (continued)
SECTION C-C
SCALE 2 : 1
SECTION A-A
SECTION E-E
SCALE 2 : 1
258
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
SECTION B-B
SECTION A-A
259
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
SECTION C-C
SCALE 2 : 1
SECTION E-E
SCALE 2 : 1
DOUBLEACTING SHOWN
260
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
261
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
SECTION A-A
PARTS NOT SHOWN: 158
APPLY LUBRICANT, SEALANT, OR THREAD LOCK
GE46670-B
HOUSING A
(USED FOR GX ACTUATOR)
HOUSING B
(USED FOR ALL ACTUATORS EXCEPT GX)
262
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
932 VOLT
FIELDBUS
VALVE TRAVEL
PRINTED FEEDBACK
WIRING BOARD
DRIVE
AUXILIARY SIGNAL
TERMINALS
OUTPUT A
I/P
CONVERTER
SUPPLY
PNEUMATIC PRESSURE
TERMINAL BOX RELAY
OUTPUT B
VALVE AND ACTUATOR
VENT
E1376
The DVC6200f digital valve controller is a buspowered instrument that provides a control valve position in response
to a digital setpoint from the control room. The following describes a direct acting DVC6200f digital valve controller
mounted on a sliding-stem piston actuator, where the valve is closed with zero power to the instrument.
The setpoint is routed into the terminal box through a single pair of wires and then to the printed wiring board
assembly submodule where it is read by the microprocessor, processed by a digital algorithm, and converted into an
analog I/P drive signal.
263
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
As the setpoint increases, the drive signal to the I/P converter increases, increasing the I/P output pressure. The I/P
output pressure is routed to the pneumatic relay submodule. The relay is also connected to supply pressure and
amplifies the small pneumatic signal from the I/P converter. The relay accepts the amplified pneumatic signal and
provides two output pressures. With relay A, an increasing setpoint will produce increasing pressure at output A and
decreasing pressure at output B. With relay B an increasing setpoint will produce decreasing pressure at output B
(output A is not available). With relay C an increasing setpoint will produce an increasing pressure on output A (output
B is not available). The output A pressure is used for doubleacting and singleacting direct applications. The output B
pressure is used for doubleacting and singleacting reverse applications.
HOUSING
PNEUMATIC GAUGES
RELAY
COVER
PRINTED WIRING
BOARD ASSEMBLY
W99251
As shown in figure A1, the increased output A pressure causes the actuator stem to move upward. The stem position
is sensed by the travel sensor. The stem continues to move upward until the correct stem position is attained. At this
point the printed wiring board assembly stabilizes the I/P drive signal. This prevents any further increase in the
pneumatic signal from the I/P converter.
As the digital setpoint decreases, the drive signal to the I/P converter submodule decreases, decreasing the I/P output
pressure. The pneumatic relay decreases the output A pressure and increases the output B pressure. The stem moves
downward until the correct position is attained. At this point the printed wiring board assembly stabilizes the I/P drive
signal. This prevents any decrease in the pneumatic signal from the I/P converter.
264
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Note
These nameplates and schematics are only applicable to the DVC6200f digital valve controller. DVC6205f base unit and DVC6215
remote feedback unit approvals will be included when available.
265
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Figure B1. CSA Loop Schematics for FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller (see Notes in figure B2)
NOTE 1, 3 1
CSA APPROVED
BARRIER
1 NOTE 7 1 NOTE 1, 3, 4, 5, 6
ENTITY FIELDBUS LOOP
DVC6200f
Vmax = 17.5 VDC
Imax = 380 Ma
Ci = 5 nF
CSA APPROVED Li = 0 mH
FISCO DEVICE Pi = 5.32 W
NOTE 2, 3 1
1 NOTE 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
1 SEE NOTES IN FIGURE B2
GE42818A Sheets 3 and 4 of 8 FISCO LOOP
266
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Figure B2. Notes for CSA Loop Schematics for FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
THE ENTITY CONCEPT ALLOWS INTERCONNECTION OF INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS TO ASSOCIATED APPARATUS NOT SPECIFICALLY EXAMINED
IN SUCH COMBINATION. THE CRITERIA FOR INTERCONNECTION IS THAT THE VOLTAGE (Vmax OR Ui), THE CURRENT (Imax OR Ii), AND THE POWER (Pmax
or Pi) OF THE INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE VOLTAGE (Voc OR Uo), AND THE CURRENT (Isc OR Io), AND
THE POWER(Po) DEFINED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS.
IN ADDITION, THE SUM OF THE MAX UNPROTECTED CAPACITANCE (Ci) AND MAX UNPROTECTED INDUCTANCE (Li), INCLUDING THE INTERCONNECTING
CABLING CAPACITANCE (Ccable) AND CABLING INDUCTANCE (Lcable) MUST BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE CAPACITANCE (Ca) AND INDUCTANCE (La)
DEFINED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS. IF THE ABOVE CRITERIA IS MET, THEN THE COMBINATION MAY BE CONNECTED.
Vmax or Ui Voc or Uo Imax or Ii Isc or Io Pmax or Pi Po Ci + Ccable Ca Li + Lcable La
THE FISCO CONCEPT ALLOWS INTERCONNECTION OF INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS TO ASSOCIATED APPARATUS NOT SPECIFICALLY EXAMINED
IN SUCH COMBINATION. THE CRITERIA FOR THE INTERCONNECTION IS THAT THE VOLTAGE (Vmax OR Ui), CURRENT (Imax OR Ii), AND POWER (Pmax or
Pi), WHICH AN INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS CAN RECEIVE AND REMAIN INTRINSICALLY SAFE, CONSIDERING FAULTS, MUST BE EQUAL TO OR
GREATER THAN THE VOLTAGE (Voc OR Uo), CURRENT (Isc OR Io), AND POWER (Po) LEVELS WHICH CAN BE DELIVERED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS,
CONSIDERING FAULTS AND APPLICABLE FACTORS. IN ADDITION THE MAXIMUM UNPROTECTED CAPACITANCE (Ci) AND INDUCTANCE (Li) OR EACH
APPARATUS (OTHER THAN THE TERMINATION)
CONNECTED TO THE FIELDBUS MUST BE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 nF AND 10 uH RESPECTIVELY.
IN EACH SEGMENT ONLY ONE ACTIVE DEVICE, NORMALLY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS, IS ALLOWED TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY ENERGY FOR THE
FIELDBUS SYSTEM. THE VOLTAGE (Uo OR Voc OR Vt) OF THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS HAS TO BE LIMITED TO THE RANGE OF 9 V TO 17.5 VDC. ALL OTHER
EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO THE BUS CABLE HAS TO BE PASSIVE, MEANING THAT THEY ARE NOT ALLOWED TO PROVIDE ENERGY TO THE SYSTEM,
EXCEPT FOR A LEAKAGE CURRENT OF 50 Ua FOR EACH CONNECTED DEVICE. SEPARATELY POWERED EQUIPMENT NEEDS A GALVANIC ISOLATION TO
ASSURE THAT THE INTRINSICALLY SAFE FIELDBUS CIRCUIT REMAINS PASSIVE.
THE CABLE USED TO CONNECT THE DEVICES NEEDS TO HAVE THE PARAMETERS IN THE FOLLOWING RANGE:
LOOP RESISTANCE R': 15 TO 150 ohms/km
INDUCTANCE PER UNIT LENGTH L: 0.4 TO 1 mH/km
CAPACITANCE PER UNIT LENGTH C': 80 TO 200 nF/km
C' = C' LINE/LINE + 0.5' LINE/SCREEN, IF BOTH LINES ARE FLOATING OR
C' = C' LINE/LINE + C' LINE/SCREEN, IF THE SCREEN IS CONNECTED TO ONE LINE.
LENGTH OF SPLICE: < 1 m (TBOX MUST ONLY CONTAIN TERMINAL CONNECTIONS WITH NO ENERGY STORAGE CAPABILITY)
LENGTH OF SPUR CABLE: < 30 M
LENGTH OF TRUNK CABLE: < 1 km
AT EACH END OF THE TRUNK CABLE AN APPROVED INFALLIBLE TERMINATION WITH THE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS IS SUITABLE:
R = 90 TO 100 ohms AND C = 0 TO 2.2 uF
NOTE, A BUILTIN TERMINATOR IS INCLUDED IN THE FIELD SIDE AND A SELECTABLE TERMINATOR IS AVAILABLE ON THE HOST SIDE.
THE NUMBER OF PASSIVE DEVICES CONNECTED TO THE BUS SEGMENT IS NOT LIMITED IN THE FISCO CONCEPT FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE REASONS. IF THE
ABOVE RULES ARE RESPECTED, UP TO A TOTAL LENGTH OF 1000 m (SUM OF THE LENGTH OF THE TRUNK CABLE AND ALL SPUR CABLES), THE INDUCTANCE
AND CAPACITANCE OF THE CABLE WILL NOT IMPAIR THE INTRINSIC SAFETY OF THE INSTALLATION.
INSTALLATION MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CANADIAN ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC) AND ANSI/ISA RP12.6.
MAXIMUM SAFE AREA VOLTAGE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 250 Vrms.
RESISTANCE BETWEEN INTRINSICALLY SAFE GROUND AND EARTH GROUND MUST BE LESS THE ONE OHM
LOOPS MUST BE CONNECTED ACCORDING TO THE BARRIER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
IF HANDHELD COMMUNICATOR OR MULTIPLEXER IS USED, IT MUST BE CSA APPROVED WITH ENTITY PARAMETERS AND INSTALLED PER THE
MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL DRAWINGS.
GE42818A; Sheet 8 of 8
Figure B3. CSA Nameplate for FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
267
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Figure B4. FM Loop Schematics for FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller (see Notes in figure B5)
DVC6200f
Vmax = 24 VDC
Imax = 380 Ma
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0 mH
FM APPROVED Pi = SEE CHART
ENTITY DEVICE
NOTE 1, 3 1
FM APPROVED
BARRIER
1 NOTE 7
1 NOTE 1, 3, 4, 5, 6
Pi T CODE T (amb)
T4 80C
1.4 W T5 77C
T6 62C
DVC6200f
Vmax = 17.5 VDC
Imax = 380 Ma
Ci = 5 nF
FM APPROVED Li = 0 mH
FISCO DEVICE Pi = 5.32 W
NOTE 2, 3 1
FM APPROVED FM APPROVED
FISCO TERMINATOR FISCO BARRIER
268
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
THE FISCO CONCEPT ALLOWS INTERCONNECTION OF INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS TO ASSOCIATED APPARATUS NOT SPECIFICALLY EXAMINED
IN SUCH COMBINATION. THE CRITERIA FOR THE INTERCONNECTION IS THAT THE VOLTAGE (Vmax OR Ui), CURRENT (Imax OR Ii), AND POWER (Pmax or
Pi), WHICH AN INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS CAN RECEIVE AND REMAIN INTRINSICALLY SAFE, CONSIDERING FAULTS, MUST BE EQUAL TO OR
GREATER THAN THE VOLTAGE (Voc OR Uo), CURRENT (Isc OR Io), AND POWER (Po) LEVELS WHICH CAN BE DELIVERED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS,
CONSIDERING FAULTS AND APPLICABLE FACTORS. IN ADDITION THE MAXIMUM UNPROTECTED CAPACITANCE (Ci) AND INDUCTANCE (Li) OR EACH
APPARATUS (OTHER THAN THE TERMINATION)
CONNECTED TO THE FIELDBUS MUST BE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 nF AND 10 uH RESPECTIVELY.
IN EACH SEGMENT ONLY ONE ACTIVE DEVICE, NORMALLY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS, IS ALLOWED TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY ENERGY FOR THE
FIELDBUS SYSTEM. THE VOLTAGE (Uo OR Voc OR Vt) OF THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS HAS TO BE LIMITED TO THE RANGE OF 9 V TO 17.5 VDC. ALL OTHER
EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO THE BUS CABLE HAS TO BE PASSIVE, MEANING THAT THEY ARE NOT ALLOWED TO PROVIDE ENERGY TO THE SYSTEM,
EXCEPT FOR A LEAKAGE CURRENT OF 50 Ua FOR EACH CONNECTED DEVICE. SEPARATELY POWERED EQUIPMENT NEEDS A GALVANIC ISOLATION TO
ASSURE THAT THE INTRINSICALLY SAFE FIELDBUS CIRCUIT REMAINS PASSIVE.
THE CABLE USED TO CONNECT THE DEVICES NEEDS TO HAVE THE PARAMETERS IN THE FOLLOWING RANGE:
LOOP RESISTANCE R': 15 TO 150 ohms/km
INDUCTANCE PER UNIT LENGTH L: 0.4 TO 1 mH/km
CAPACITANCE PER UNIT LENGTH C': 80 TO 200 nF/km
C' = C' LINE/LINE + 0.5' LINE/SCREEN, IF BOTH LINES ARE FLOATING OR
C' = C' LINE/LINE + C' LINE/SCREEN, IF THE SCREEN IS CONNECTED TO ONE LINE.
LENGTH OF SPLICE: < 1 m (TBOX MUST ONLY CONTAIN TERMINAL CONNECTIONS WITH NO ENERGY STORAGE CAPABILITY)
LENGTH OF SPUR CABLE: < 30 M
LENGTH OF TRUNK CABLE: < 1 km
AT EACH END OF THE TRUNK CABLE AN APPROVED INFALLIBLE TERMINATION WITH THE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS IS SUITABLE:
R = 90 TO 100 ohms AND C = 0 TO 2.2 uF
NOTE, A BUILTIN TERMINATOR IS INCLUDED IN THE FIELD SIDE AND A SELECTABLE TERMINATOR IS AVAILABLE ON THE HOST SIDE.
THE NUMBER OF PASSIVE DEVICES CONNECTED TO THE BUS SEGMENT IS NOT LIMITED IN THE FISCO CONCEPT FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE REASONS. IF THE
ABOVE RULES ARE RESPECTED, UP TO A TOTAL LENGTH OF 1000 m (SUM OF THE LENGTH OF THE TRUNK CABLE AND ALL SPUR CABLES), THE INDUCTANCE
AND CAPACITANCE OF THE CABLE WILL NOT IMPAIR THE INTRINSIC SAFETY OF THE INSTALLATION.
INSTALLATION MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) AND ANSI/ISA RP12.6.01.
MAXIMUM SAFE AREA VOLTAGE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 250 Vrms.
RESISTANCE BETWEEN INTRINSICALLY SAFE GROUND AND EARTH GROUND MUST BE LESS THE ONE OHM
LOOPS MUST BE CONNECTED ACCORDING TO THE BARRIER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
IF HANDHELD COMMUNICATOR OR MULTIPLEXER IS USED, IT MUST BE FM APPROVED WITH ENTITY PARAMETERS AND INSTALLED PER THE
MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL DRAWINGS.
GE42819-A; Sheet 8 of 8
269
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Figure B7. ATEX Intrinsically Safe, Dust Nameplate for FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
Figure B8. ATEX Flameproof, Dust Nameplate for FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
Figure B9. ATEX Type n, Dust Nameplate ror FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
270
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Figure B10. IECEx Loop Schematics for FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller (see Notes in figure B11)
DVC6200f
Vmax = 24 VDC
Imax = 380 Ma
Ci = 5 nF
IECEx Li = 0 mH
APPROVED Pi = SEE CHART
ENTITY DEVICE
NOTE 1, 3 1
IECEx APPROVED
BARRIER
1 NOTE 5
1 NOTE 1, 3, 4
Pi T CODE T (amb)
T4 80C
1.4 W
T5 77C
T6 62C
ZONE 0, Ex ia IIC
DVC6200f
Vmax = 17.5 VDC
Imax = 380 Ma
Ci = 5 nF
IECEx Li = 0 mH
APPROVED Pi = 5.32 W
FISCO DEVICE
NOTE 2, 3 1
271
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
THE ENTITY CONCEPT ALLOWS INTERCONNECTION OF INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS TO ASSOCIATED APPARATUS NOT SPECIFICALLY EXAMINED
IN SUCH COMBINATION. THE CRITERIA FOR INTERCONNECTION IS THAT THE VOLTAGE (Vmax OR Ui), THE CURRENT (Imax OR Ii), AND THE POWER (Pmax
or Pi) OF THE INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE VOLTAGE (Voc OR Uo), AND THE CURRENT (Isc OR Io), AND THE
POWER (Po) DEFINED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS.
IN ADDITION, THE SUM OF THE MAX UNPROTECTED CAPACITANCE (Ci) AND MAX UNPROTECTED INDUCTANCE (Li), INCLUDING THE INTERCONNECTING
CABLING CAPACITANCE (Ccable) AND CABLING INDUCTANCE (Lcable) MUST BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE CAPACITANCE (Ca) AND INDUCTANCE (La)
DEFINED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS. IF THE ABOVE CRITERIA IS MET, THEN THE COMBINATION MAY BE CONNECTED.
THE FISCO CONCEPT ALLOWS INTERCONNECTION OF INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS TO ASSOCIATED APPARATUS NOT SPECIFICALLY EXAMINED IN
SUCH COMBINATION. THE CRITERIA FOR THE INTERCONNECTION IS THAT THE VOLTAGE (Vmax OR Ui), CURRENT (Imax OR Ii), AND POWER (Pmax or Pi),
WHICH AN INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS CAN RECEIVE AND REMAIN INTRINSICALLY SAFE, CONSIDERING FAULTS, MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER
THAN THE VOLTAGE (Voc OR Uo), CURRENT (Isc OR Io), AND POWER (Po) LEVELS WHICH CAN BE DELIVERED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS,
CONSIDERING FAULTS AND APPLICABLE FACTORS. IN ADDITION THE MAXIMUM UNPROTECTED CAPACITANCE (Ci) AND INDUCTANCE (Li) OR EACH
APPARATUS (OTHER THAN THE TERMINATION)
CONNECTED TO THE FIELDBUS MUST BE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 nF AND 10 uH RESPECTIVELY.
IN EACH SEGMENT ONLY ONE ACTIVE DEVICE, NORMALLY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS, IS ALLOWED TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY ENERGY FOR THE
FIELDBUS SYSTEM. THE VOLTAGE (Uo OR Voc OR Vt) OF THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS HAS TO BE LIMITED TO THE RANGE OF 9 V TO 17.5 VDC. ALL OTHER
EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO THE BUS CABLE HAS TO BE PASSIVE, MEANING THAT THEY ARE NOT ALLOWED TO PROVIDE ENERGY TO THE SYSTEM, EXCEPT
FOR A LEAKAGE CURRENT OF 50 Ua FOR EACH CONNECTED DEVICE. SEPARATELY POWERED EQUIPMENT NEEDS A GALVANIC ISOLATION TO ASSURE THAT
THE INTRINSICALLY SAFE FIELDBUS CIRCUIT REMAINS PASSIVE.
THE CABLE USED TO CONNECT THE DEVICES NEEDS TO HAVE THE PARAMETERS IN THE FOLLOWING RANGE:
LOOP RESISTANCE R': 15 TO 150 ohms/km
INDUCTANCE PER UNIT LENGTH L: 0.4 TO 1 mH/km
CAPACITANCE PER UNIT LENGTH C': 80 TO 200 nF/km
C' = C' LINE/LINE + 0.5' LINE/SCREEN, IF BOTH LINES ARE FLOATING OR
C' = C' LINE/LINE + C' LINE/SCREEN, IF THE SCREEN IS CONNECTED TO ONE LINE.
LENGTH OF SPLICE: < 1 m (TBOX MUST ONLY CONTAIN TERMINAL CONNECTIONS WITH NO ENERGY STORAGE CAPABILITY)
LENGTH OF SPUR CABLE: < 30 M
LENGTH OF TRUNK CABLE: < 1 km
AT EACH END OF THE TRUNK CABLE AN APPROVED INFALLIBLE TERMINATION WITH THE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS IS SUITABLE:
R = 90 TO 100 ohms AND C = 0 TO 2.2 uF
NOTE, A BUILTIN TERMINATOR IS INCLUDED IN THE FIELD SIDE AND A SELECTABLE TERMINATOR IS AVAILABLE ON THE HOST SIDE.
THE NUMBER OF PASSIVE DEVICES CONNECTED TO THE BUS SEGMENT IS NOT LIMITED IN THE FISCO CONCEPT FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE REASONS. IF THE
ABOVE RULES ARE RESPECTED, UP TO A TOTAL LENGTH OF 1000 m (SUM OF THE LENGTH OF THE TRUNK CABLE AND ALL SPUR CABLES), THE INDUCTANCE
AND CAPACITANCE OF THE CABLE WILL NOT IMPAIR THE INTRINSIC SAFETY OF THE INSTALLATION.
INSTALLATION MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL WIRING PRACTICES OF THE COUNTRY IN USE.
LOOPS MUST BE CONNECTED ACCORDING TO THE BARRIER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
IF HANDHELD COMMUNICATOR OR MULTIPLEXER IS USED, IT MUST BE IECEx APPROVED WITH ENTITY PARAMETERS AND INSTALLED PER THE
MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL DRAWINGS.
GE42990-A; Sheet 8 of 8
Figure B12. IECEx Nameplate for FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
272
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Figure B13. INMETRO Nameplate for FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
273
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
274
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
275
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
276
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
277
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
278
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
279
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
280
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
281
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
TRANSDUCER BLOCK
Response Control
Basic Setup
Travel Tuning Travel Tuning
Device Setup Pressure Tuning
Performance Tuner :Travel Tuning Set
Travel Press Control Travel Proportional Gain
Input Characterization Travel Velocity Gain
Detailed Setup Custom Characterization Table :Travel MLFB Gain
Outblock Selection :Travel Integral Enable
Transducer Block Mode
Protection :Travel Integral Gain
Response Control Travel Pressure Control :Travel Integral Dead Zone
Alerts :Travel/Pressure State :Travel Integral Limit Hi
Instrument :Travel/Pressure Select :Travel Integral Limit Lo
Valve and Actuator Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback Performance Tuner
MAI Channel Map Travel Cutoff Hi Stabilize / Optimize
Alert Handling Travel Cutoff Lo Pressure Tuning
:Pressure Cutoff Open
:Pressure Cutoff Closed :Pressure Tuning Set
MAI Channel Map :Pressure Range Hi :Pressure Proportional Gain
:MAI Channel 1 :Pressure Range Lo :Pressure MLFB Gain
:MAI Channel 2 :Pressure Integral Gain
:MAI Channel 3 :Pressure Integral Dead Zone
Simulate Active Instrument :Pressure Integral Limit Hi
:MAI Channel 4
Alarms :Pressure Integral Limit Lo
:MAI Channel 5 Tag Description
Configure/Setup :MAI Channel 6 Failed Active Pressure Units Alerts
Basic Setup :MAI Channel 7 Maint Active Temperature Units
Detailed Setup :MAI Channel 8 Advise Active Travel Units Elect Alerts
Calibration Length Units Configuration Alerts
Sensor Alerts ALERTS MENU
Alert Handling Area Units
Spring Rate Units Environment Alerts ON FACING
PlantWeb Alert Simulate :Relay Type Travel Alerts PAGE
Simulate Active Alerts :Zero Power Condition Prox Alerts
PlantWeb Alert Handling :Maximum Supply Pressure Travel History Alerts
Calibration Person Performance Alerts
PlantWeb Alert Handling Calibration Location PlantWeb Alert Enable
Calibration Date PlantWeb Alert Reporting
Top Level PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status
:Last Calibration Type
Block Error Reporting
Configure/Setup Valve
Device Diagnostics Valve and Actuator
Calibration Valve Manufacturer
Device Variables Valve Valve Model Number
Auto Calibration Trim Valve Serial Number
Manual Calibration Actuator Valve Style
Relay Reference :Valve Size
Supply Pressure :Valve Class
Pressure A Reference :Rated Travel
Pressure B :Actual Travel
:Trim Style 1
:Trim Style 2 :Shaft Stem Diameter
Device Diagnostics :Packing Type
:Stroke Time Open
Active PlantWeb Alerts :Stroke Time Close :Inlet Pressure
Device Variables Alert Conditions :Outlet Pressure
All Block Modes Status Status
Device Record Trim
AO Control - PreChar Self Test Status Self Test Status
AO Control - PostChar Stroke Valve :Seat Type
Trend Block Error
DO Control Integrator Suspended :Leak Class
Input Characterization Integrator Limited Lo :Port Diameter
:Travel/Pressure State Device Record Integrator Limited Hi :Port Type
:PD Inside Status Travel Sensor Span Error :Flow Direction
Protection :Maximum Recorded Temperature MLFB Error :Push Down To
Drive Signal :Maximum Recorded Temperature Time Travel Sensor Hi Error :Flow Tends To
Temperature :Minimum Recorded Temperature Travel Sensor Lo Error :Unbalanced Area
Cycle Counter :Minimum Recorded Temperature Time Pressure B Sensor Failure
Travel Accumulator :Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Pressure A Sensor Failure
:Travel Count :Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Supply Sensor Failure Actuator
Pressures :Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure IOP Failure Actuator Manufacturer
:Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Drive Current Alert Actuator Model Number
Simulate Jumper ON :Actuator Style
Pressures Actuator Serial Number
AO Control - PreChar
:Supply :Actuator Size
:Pressure A :Setpoint Block Error Actuator Fail Action
:Pressure B :Setpoint Status :Feedback Connection
:Travel (DeChar) Block Configuration Error :Travel Sensor Motion
:A Minus B
Simulate Active :Lever Style
Lost Static Data :Lever Arm Length
AO Control - PostChar Device Needs Maintenance Now :Effective Area
:Travel Target Out of Service :Air
:Travel :Upper Bench Set
:Travel Status :Lower Bench Set
:Nominal Supply Pressure
:Spring Rate
DO Control
:Setpoint(D)
:Travel(D)
282
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Elect Alerts
Drive Current Drive Current
Drive Signal
Processor Impaired Drive Current
Processor Impaired :Drive Current Alert
:Program Memory Alert :Drive Current Alert Enable
:Program Memory Alert Enable :Drive Current Shutdown
:Program Memory Shutdown :Drive Current Manual Recovery
:Program Memory Manual Recovery :Drive Current Alert Point
:Static Memory Alert :Drive Current Alert Time
:Static Memory Alert Enable
:Static Memory Shutdown Drive Signal
:Static Memory Manual Recovery Drive Signal
:Processor Alert :Drive Signal Alert
:Processor Alert Enable :Drive Signal Alert Enable
:I/O Processor Alert
:I/O Processor Alert Enable
:I/O Processor Shutdown
Configuration Alerts :I/O Processor Man Recovery
Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout
Blocks Set to Default
Blocks Set to Default :Output Block Timeout Alert
Alert Key
:Output Block Timeout Alert Enable
:Blocks Set to Defaults Alert
:Output Block Timeout Shutdown
:Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable
:Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery
Sensor Alerts :Output Block Timeout
283
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
284
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
RESOURCE BLOCK
Function
Block Options
AO
DO
Write Lock AI
Write Lock DI
Write Priority PID
IS
OS
Comm Timeout MAI
Shed Remote Cascade
Shed Remote Out Miscellaneous Options
Configure/Setup Firmware Download
Options Travel Control Capable
Resource Block Mode
Diagnostics Options Pressure Control Capable
Write Lock
Function Block Options Pressure Fallback Capable
Comm Timeout
Options Miscellaneous Options
Alarm Handling Features Available Features Available
Identification Features Selected
Reports
Version Fault State
Alarm Handling Soft W Lock
Multibit Alarm (BitAlarm) Support
Alert Key
Version Confirm Time
Limit Notify Features Selected
Device Revision Maximum Notify
Firmware Revision Reports
Block Alm Disabled Fault State
Standby Firmware Revision Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge
Hardware Rev Soft W Lock
Disc Alm Disabled Multibit Alarm (BitAlarm) Support
ITK Version Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge
Identification
Device ID
Electronics Serial Number Resource Block Error
Factory Serial Number Other
Field Serial Number Block Configuration Error
Tag Description Simulate Active
Top Level Strategy Device Needs Maintenance Soon
Manufacturer Memory Failure
Configure/Setup Device Type
Device Diagnostics Lost Static Data
Diagnostics Options Lost NV Data
Device Variables
Device Needs Maintenance Now
Device Diagnostics Power Up
Resource Block Error Out of Service
Device State
Write Lock Write Lock
Block Alarm
Maintenance Write Alarm Alarm State
Write Lock Identification
Device ID
Maintenance Block Alarm Electronics Serial Number
Restart Actions Block Alarm Alarm State Factory Serial Number
Fault State Block Alarm Unacknowledged Field Serial Number
Set Fault State Tag Description
Clear Fault State Strategy
Instrument Manufacturer
Device Type
Device Variables Identification
Version Version
Instrument
Options Device Revision
DD Information Function Firmware Revision
Block Options Standby Firmware Revision
Hardware Rev
AO
ITK Version
Options DO
AI
Diagnostics Options DI
Function Block Options PID
Miscellaneous Options IS
Features Available OS
MAI
Features Available
Miscellaneous Options
Reports
Fault State Firmware Download
Soft W Lock Travel Control Capable
Multibit Alarm (BitAlarm) Support Pressure Control Capable
Pressure Fallback Capable
285
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
286
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
PlantWeb Alerts
Some instrument alert conditions can also be used to trigger PlantWeb alerts that will be reported in Failed,
Maintenance or Advisory categories, as configured by the user. PlantWeb alerts, when enabled, can participate in the
DeltaV alarm interface tools such as the alarm banner, alarm list and alarm summary. For specific information on
setting up PlantWeb Alerts in a DeltaV system, refer to the PlantWeb Alerts section in Appendix G.
When a PlantWeb alert occurs, the DVC6200f sends an event notification and waits a specified period of time for an
acknowledgment to be received. This occurs even if the condition that caused the alert no longer exists. If the
acknowledgment is not received within the prespecified timeout period, the event notification is retransmitted. This
reduces the possibility of alert messages getting lost.
Alert Handling
Alert handling is diagrammed in figure C1. There are two ways of seeing PlantWeb alerts. One way is to see if the
instrument alert condition causing a PlantWeb alert is detected. The second is to view alerts reported to the system
operator console. For a PlantWeb alert to be active, it has to pass four tests. The first is to check if the Instrument alert
condition is enabled. If a condition is not enabled, the instrument does not check for the alert condition.
Second, the condition that will cause an alert must exist. For example, the current travel is above the Travel Limit Hi
Alert Point.
Third, the corresponding PlantWeb alert must be enabled in one or more of the three categories: Failed, Maintenance
or Advise.
Fourth, the transducer block mode must be correct. See table D1.
Note
Additional details on setting up and using Instrument Alerts can be found on page 73 of this manual.
287
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
1 Yes
ALERT Yes Yes INSTRUMENT Yes PLANTWEB Yes
LIMITS EXCEEDED TO TRANSDUCER PLANTWEB
START CONDITION ALERT ALERT ALERT ACTIVE
ENABLED? CAUSE ALERT? BLOCK MODE
CONDITION ENABLED? AUTO
ACTIVE
No No
No No
NO ACTIVE
PLANTWEB ALERT
Select Reports
NO ACTIVE INSTRUMENT No REPORT Supported from
ALERT CONDITION ALERTS? FEATURE_SEL in the
Resource Block
Yes
NOTE: No
1
CERTAIN PLANTWEB ALERTS ARE MODEBASED. PLANTWEB
SEE TABLE D1 FOR DETAILS. ALERTS
REPORTED
288
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Alert Reporting
For PlantWeb alerts to be reported to the operator console, they must pass four tests:
Alerts must be active
Reports must be selected in Feature Select
Alert priority must be greater than 1
Reporting must not be suppressed for those conditions that caused active alerts.
Features Selected in the Resource block determines if reporting by the instrument is supported. Refer to page 51 for
additional information on Features Selected.
Failed Priority (FAILED_PRI [68]), Maintenance Priority (MAINT_PRI [69]), and Advise Priority (ADVISE_PRI [70])
determine the PlantWeb alert priorities. Although 16 priorities are available only three are actually meaningful for
PlantWeb alerts. If the priority is 0, no reporting occurs. If the priority is 1, reporting is simulated within the
instrument, but the alert is not actually reported over the bus. The alert condition is reported for priorities 2 through
15, with the higher priorities taking precedence over the lower priorities.
Failed Suppress (FAILED_MASK [65]), Maintenance Suppress (MAINT_MASK [66]), and Advise Suppress (ADVISE_MASK
[67]) determine which of the alert conditions are suppressed so that they are not reported.
289
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
290
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
291
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
292
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
293
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
1) Download the
control schedule from
the host configuration
device.
2) Make sure the Time
Out Alert Point is
greater than the block
execution schedule.
To correct this
situation, download the
configuration to the
device and set the
Target Mode of the
Resource block.
Shutdown Alert N/A A user configured Self Test None - Indicates why the Same as the The instrument Actual
(Configuration) Shutdown condition has taken instrument remains OOS. configured Self mode remains OOS due
(Failed) the instrument to OOS. Test Shutdown. to a configured Self
Test Shutdown, where
Manual Recovery was
specified, even though
the condition may have
cleared. Check
Recommended Action
for the indicated
condition.
-Continued-
294
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
To correct,
1) Insure proper
mounting and linkage
adjustment.
2) Inspect and test
travel sensor
3) Toggle the
transducer target
mode.
295
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
296
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
297
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
298
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Function Blocks
Function blocks within the fieldbus device perform the various functions required for process control. Because each
system is different, the mix and configuration of functions are different. Therefore, the Fieldbus Foundation has
designed a range of function blocks, each addressing a different need: Analog Input Block (AI), Multiple Analog Input
(MAI), Discrete Input Block (DI), Manual Loader Block (ML), Bias/Gain Station Block (BG), Control Selector Block (CS), P,
PD Controller Block (PD), PID, PI, I Controller Block (PID), Ratio Station Block (RA), Analog Output Block (AO) and
Discrete Output Block (DO).
Function blocks perform process control functions, such as analog input (AI) and analog output (AO) functions as well
as proportionalintegralderivative (PID) functions. The standard function blocks provide a common structure for
defining function block inputs, outputs, control parameters, events, alarms, and modes, and combining them into a
process that can be implemented within a single device or over the fieldbus network. This simplifies the identification
of characteristics that are common to function blocks.
The Fieldbus Foundation has established the function blocks by defining a set of parameters used in all function blocks
called universal parameters. The Fieldbus Foundation has also defined a standard set of function block classes, such as
input, output, control, and calculation blocks. Each of these classes have a set of parameters established for it.
Additionally, they have published definitions for transducer blocks commonly used with standard function blocks.
Examples include temperature, pressure, level, and flow transducer blocks.
Fieldbus Foundation specifications and definitions allow vendors to add their own, extended parameters, as well as
their own algorithms. This approach permits extending function block definitions as new requirements are discovered
and as technology advances.
Each block has a tag name. Service personnel need only know the tag name of the block to access or change the
appropriate block parameters.
Input events may affect the operation of the algorithm. An execution control function regulates the receipt of input
events and the generation of output events during execution of the algorithm. Upon completion of the algorithm, the
data internal to the block is saved for use in the next execution, and the output data is snapped, releasing it for use by
other function blocks.
Once the inputs are snapped, the algorithm operates on them, generating outputs as it progresses. Algorithm
executions are controlled through the setting of internal parameters. Internal parameters do not appear as normal
input and output parameters. However, they may be accessed and modified remotely, as specified by the function
block.
299
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Figure D1 illustrates the internal structure of a function block. When execution begins, input parameter values from
other blocks are snappedin by the block. The input snap process ensures that these values do not change during the
block execution. New values received for these parameters do not affect the snapped values and will not be used by
the function block during the current execution.
Function blocks are also capable of performing shortterm data collection and storage for reviewing their behavior.
InstrumentSpecific Blocks
In addition to function blocks, fieldbus devices contain two other block types to support the function blocks. These are
the resource block and the transducer block. The resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics
associated with a device. Transducer blocks couple the function blocks to local input/output functions.
status status
B2711
Resource Blocks
The resource block contains hardware specific characteristics associated with the device; it has no input or output
parameters. The algorithm within a resource block monitors and controls the general operation of the physical device
hardware. The execution of this algorithm is dependent on the characteristics of the physical device, as defined by the
manufacturer. As a result of this activity, the algorithm may cause the generation of events. There is only one resource
block defined for a device. For example, placing the resource block in Out of Service mode stops all function block
execution, by setting their modes to Out of Service as well. The actual mode of the function blocks is changed to Out
of Service, but the function block target modes will not change. Placing the resource block in the Out of Service mode
does not affect the mode of the transducer block.
Transducer Blocks
Transducer blocks connect function blocks to local input/output functions. They read sensor hardware and write to
effector (actuator) hardware. This permits the transducer block to execute as frequently as necessary to obtain good
data from sensors and ensure proper writes to the actuator without burdening the function blocks that use the data.
The transducer block also isolates the function block from the specific characteristics of the physical I/O.
300
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Block Modes
All blocks have modes. The mode determines the source of the set point, the destination of the output, how the block
executes, and the relationship between setpoint and output. The block mode is determined by the Block Mode
parameter. It is a structured parameter composed of the attributes actual, target, permitted, and normal. The
following defines each of the attributes.
Target modeThe Target mode is the mode requested by the user or host system. Only one mode is allowed to be
set and it must be a permitted mode as defined by the permitted attribute of the mode parameter.
Actual modeThis is the current mode of the block. The actual mode may differ from the target mode due to
operating conditions of the block.
Permitted modeThe permitted mode defines the modes allowed for the block. This is set by the user or host
system but is restricted by the instrument to modes supported by the instrument for the particular block. Any
change request to the Target or Normal attribute is checked against the permitted attribute to ensure the
requested mode is permitted.
When setting the Permitted mode, there is no check against any of the other attributes (Normal or Target modes).
Therefore, the normal or target mode attributes may have a value that is not permitted because the permitted
attribute was modified after the Normal or Target mode was set. This will have no effect on the instrument until the
user attempts to modify the Target or Normal mode. At this time these attributes are tested against the Permitted
modes, thus the user cannot change the Normal or Target modes to what was formerly permitted.
Normal modeThe normal mode is the mode the block should be in during normal operating conditions. The
normal mode is set by the user or host system and can only be set to a permitted mode (see permitted mode). The
user or host system can compare the actual mode to the normal mode and, based on the results, determine if the
block is operating normally.
Table E1 lists the modes supported by each block contained in the digital valve controller.
Changing the block mode requires accessing the Block Mode parameter. For information on using the host system to
change the block mode via this parameter, see the appropriate host documentation.
301
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Note
A downstream block changing to Out of Service impacts the mode of the upstream block. Refer to the block hierarchy in
figure D2.
RESOURCE BLOCK
NOTES:
1.CHANGING THE RESOURCE BLOCK TO OUT OF SERVICE CHANGES ALL FUNCTION BLOCKS
TO OUT OF SERVICE, BUT DOES NOT AFFECT THE TRANSDUCER BLOCK.
2.CHANGING A DOWNSTREAM BLOCK TO OUT OF SERVICE AFFECTS THE UP STREAM BLOCK.
FOR EXAMPLE: WHEN THE TRANSDUCER BLOCK IS OUT OF SERVICE, THE AO BLOCK MODE
WILL CHANGE TO IMAN (INITIALIZE MANUAL).
Note
There is no mode associated with the FOUNDATION fieldbus Loop. Mode is dependent on the blocks within the Loop.
Explanation of Modes
Out of Service (OOS)The functions performed by the block are not executed. If the block has any outputs, these
typically do not update and the status of any values passed to downstream blocks will be BAD. To make changes to
some of the parameters in a block requires that the block be Out of Service.
Initialization Manual (IMan)Only the AO, DO, OS and PID blocks support this mode. When one of these blocks
detects a loss of a correct path to the downstream block (such as when the downstream block is in the OOS, Man, or
LO mode), it enters the IMan mode. For example, when the transducer block enters the OOS mode, the AO block
enters the IMan mode.
Local Override (LO)Only the AO, DO, and PID blocks support this mode. If the PID block enters the LO mode, the
block output follows the tracking value (TRK_VAL), if external tracking is enabled by TRK_IN_D. In the AO and DO
block, the block enters LO mode when the block detects that fault state is active. In this case, the output is determined
by the selection for I/O_OPTS.
Manual (Man)If the data status of a function block's input is bad or its target mode is Man, the block enters the
manual mode. In this mode, the function block does not update its OUT value. If the target is Man, the user may write
a desired value to the output.
Automatic (Auto)The block performs the specified calculations based on the local set point and outputs the result,
independently without interfacing with another block. The user can write to the set point of a block in this mode. Any
block outputs continue to update.
Cascade (Cas)The block performs the specified calculations based on the set point from another block via the
cascade input parameter and outputs the result. Any block outputs continue to update.
302
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Remote Output (ROut)The block outputs are set to the value of the remote output parameter that is written by a
host computer or others. To prevent a sudden change in output, the block's calculations are initialized when a change
in mode occurs.
Remote Cascade (RCas)The block performs the specified calculations based on a set point from a host computer or
others via the remote cascade input and outputs the result. If the block has any outputs, these continue to update.
Table E2. Examples of Block Mode Combinations and Operational statuses for an Instrument with Standard Control
Blocks
Operational Status
PID AO TB(1)
Initial Setup and calibration --- OOS OOS
Modification of some transducer block parameters --- IMan Manual
Constant valve position control --- Auto Auto
PID Singleloop control Auto Cas Auto
Primary PID, Auto
PID Cascadeloop control Cas Auto
Secondary PID, Cas
1.TB=Transducer Block
The respective modes to which each block should enter upon occurrence of a communication error and at a restart,
and the handling of signals in each mode may be defined in the block's option parameters such as IO_OPTS and
STATUS_OPTS. For details, see the detailed descriptions of each function block.
Device Descriptions
Device Descriptions are specified definitions that are associated with blocks. Device descriptions provide for the
definition and description of blocks and their parameters.
Device descriptions may also include a set of processing routines called Methods. Methods provide a procedure for
accessing and manipulating a series of parameters within a device, such as for setup and calibration. Methods are used
for a variety of functions including automatic calibration, setting protection and setting up the instrument. These
Methods are a predetermined sequence of steps for information required to setup, calibrate, and perform other
functions on the instrument.
303
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Status Propagation
The transducer block accepts the output from the AO block or DO block if the output parameter status is Good
(Noncascade) or Good (Cascade). When the AO or DO block is Out of Service the output parameter status is Bad. In
this case, the transducer block holds the last value.
If the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service, the AO block READBACK parameter status is Bad-Out of Service.
This could be caused by a Failed Alert. If a Failed Alert is active, the block error parameter (parameter name
BLOCK_ERR) for the Resource block will indicate Device Needs Maintenance Now. For more information on the
Resource and Transducer block error indications, refer to the Viewing Device Information section of this manual.
If the transducer block is functioning correctly the AO block READBACK parameter status is Good
(Noncascade)-Nonspecific. If a Maintenance or Advisory alert is active the substatus will reflect a Unacknowledged or
Active advisory alert. When a Maintenance or Advisory alert is active, the block error for the resource block indicates
Device Needs Maintenance Soon.
Limit Propagation
The following describes limit propagation:
304
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
AO Block
If the valve position is below the low cutoff value, the AO block READBACK status limit is LOW_LIMITED.
If the valve position is above the high cutoff value, the AO block READBACK status limit is HIGH_LIMITED.
If the transducer block actual mode is Auto and the above conditions are not true, the AO block READBACK status
limit is NOT_LIMITED.
If the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service, the AO block READBACK status limit is CONSTANT.
DO Block
If the transducer block actual mode is Auto, the DO block READBACK_D status is NOT_LIMITED.
If the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service, the DO block READBACK_D status is CONSTANT.
The control strategy should be configured to monitor the Analog Output block status and take action where
appropriate when the status is no longer Good.
Network Communication
Figure D3 illustrates a simple fieldbus network consisting of a single segment.
Fieldbus Segment
LAS
LINK MASTER
BASIC DEVICES
Device Addressing
Fieldbus uses addresses between 0 and 255. Addresses 0 through 15 are typically reserved for group addressing and
for use by the data link layer. If there are two or more devices with the same address, the first device to start will use its
programmed address. Each of the other devices will be given one of four temporary addresses between 248 and 251. If
a temporary address is not available, the device will be unavailable until a temporary address becomes available.
Commission devices use addresses 20-35, and standby devices use addresses 232247.
305
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
distributes Data Link (DL) and Link Scheduling (LS) time on the link. Data Link Time is a networkwide
time periodically distributed by the LAS to synchronize all device clocks on the bus. Link Scheduling time is a
linkspecific time represented as an offset from Data Link Time. It is used to indicate when the LAS on each link begins
and repeats its schedule. It is used by system management to synchronize function block execution with the data
transfers scheduled by the LAS.
The DVC6200f can be designated to act as the backup Link Active Scheduler (LAS) in the event that the LAS is
disconnected from the segment. As the backup LAS, the DVC6200f will take over the management of
communications until the host is restored. The host system may provide a configuration tool specifically designed to
designate a particular device as a backup LAS. Otherwise, this can be configured manually as follows:
Only one device can communicate at a time. Permission to communicate on the bus is controlled by a centralized
token passed between devices by the LAS. Only the device with the token can communicate. The LAS maintains a list
of all devices are a member of the bus. This list is called the Live List.
Two types of tokens are used by the LAS. A timecritical token, compel data (CD), is sent by the LAS according to a
schedule. A nontime critical token, pass token (PT), is sent by the LAS to each device in numerical order according to
address.
Device Communication
Scheduled Transfers
Information is transferred between devices over the fieldbus using three different types of communication:
Publisher/Subscriber: This type of communication is used to transfer critical process loop data, such as the process
variable. The data producers (publishers) post the data in a buffer that is transmitted to the subscriber (S), when the
publisher is issued the Compel Data (CD) message from the LAS. The buffer contains only one copy of the data. New
data completely overwrites previous data. Updates to published data are transferred simultaneously to all
subscribers in a single broadcast. Transfers of this type are scheduled on a precisely periodic basis.
Figure D4 diagrams the method of scheduled data transfer. Scheduled data transfers are typically used for the regular
cyclic transfer of process loop data between devices on the fieldbus. Scheduled transfers use publisher/subscriber type
of reporting for data transfer. The Link Active Scheduler maintains a list of transmit times for all publishers in all devices
that need to be cyclically transmitted. When it is time for a device to publish data, the LAS issues a Compel Data (CD)
message to the device. Upon receipt of the CD, the device broadcasts or publishes the data to all devices on the
fieldbus. Any device that is configured to receive the data is called a subscriber.
306
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Schedule
X
DT(A
Y
)
Z
A B C A D A
CD (X, A)
P S P S P S
Unscheduled Transfers
Figure D5 diagrams an unscheduled transfer. Unscheduled transfers are used for things like userinitiated changes,
including set point changes, mode changes, tuning changes, and upload/download. Unscheduled transfers use either
report distribution or client/server type of reporting for transferring data.
LAS
PT (Z)
Schedule
X
Y
Z
A B C A D A
M M
P S P S P S
LAS=Link Active Scheduler
P=Publisher
S=Subscriber
PT=Pass Token Device X Device Y Device Z
M=Message
B27141
All of the devices on the fieldbus are given a chance to send unscheduled messages between transmissions of
scheduled data. The LAS grants permission to a device to use the fieldbus by issuing a pass token (PT) message to the
device. When the device receives the PT, it is allowed to send messages until it has finished or until the maximum
token hold time has expired, whichever is the shorter time. The message may be sent to a single destination or to
multiple destinations.
307
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Report Distribution: This type of communication is used to broadcast and multicast event and trend reports.
Client/Server: This type of communication is used for request/ response exchanges between pairs of devices, such
as a set point change. Like Report Distribution reporting, the transfers are queued, unscheduled, and prioritized.
Queued means the messages are sent and received in the order submitted for transmission, according to their
priority, without overwriting previous messages.
Figure D6. Example Link Schedule Showing Scheduled and Unscheduled Communication
Start of Next Macrocycle
Device 1 AI AI
Offset from macrocycle
start time = 20 for AI
Communication
Scheduled
Communication
Unscheduled
Communication
Offset from macrocycle
start time = 30 for AI
Execution
B27151 Macrocycle
To support synchronization of schedules, periodically Link Scheduling (LS) time is distributed. The beginning of the
macrocycle represents a common starting time for all Function Block schedules on a link and for the LAS linkwide
schedule. This permits function block executions and their corresponding data transfers to be synchronized in time.
Network Management
Information for setting up network communications, including Virtual Communication Relationships (VCRs), host
timer recommendations, and other network parameters, can be found in the capabilities file (.cff) available from the
website www.FIELDVUE.com or from the Fieldbus Foundation website.
308
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Device Description (DD) filesThese files define the data interface to the digital valve controller (file extensions
.sym and .ffo).
Capabilities FileThese files allow a host to configure the control system offline (e.g., without having a device
physically attached to the host) (file extension .cff).
DeltaV Registry FileThis file is used by DeltaV to define the device interface (file extension .reg)
DeltaV fhx FileThis file is used by DeltaV to define the device and the data interface to the device (file extension
.fhx).
DeltaV Windows Resource FileThese files define the user interface for the device for DeltaV and include the
definitions for the transducer block interface and the resource block interface (file extension .dll).
The directory structure defined by the Fieldbus Foundation for device descriptions is as follows:
....\xxxxxx\yyyy\rrddcc.eee
where:
....\ is the path to the DD structure as implemented by the host system. This is typically defined as the base path
to the DD since access to the specific device DD is predefined from the base folder. For a DeltaV system, the
DDs are included with the support files and are located in a folder named amsdevices. For other hosts, the
Fieldbus Foundation defines a folder named release that is included with the CDROM, however, you do not
need to retain this folder name.
xxxxxx is the 6digit hexadecimal equivalent of the manufacturer's identification number as defined by the Fieldbus
Foundation. Fisher Controls' ID number is 5100 (or in the folder format 005100). This number is also stored in
the instrument Resource Block in the parameter Mfg ID (parameter name MANUFAC_ID).
yyyy is the 4digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device type, as defined by the manufacturer. For example, the
device type for the DVC6200f digital valve controller is 4602. This number is stored in the instrument
Resource Block in the parameter Device Type (parameter name DEV_TYPE).
rr is the 2digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device revision, as defined by the manufacturer. It is stored in the
instrument Resource Block in the parameter Device Revision (parameter name DEV_REV).
dd is the 2digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device description (DD) revision that applies to the device, as
defined by the manufacturer. The host will always use the latest version of the DD that it finds for a particular
device revision. When part of the name of a capabilities file, this value is always the same as the value of the
DD_REV parameter stored in the Resource Block of the instrument. The value of the DD_REV parameter
represents the earliest version of the DD that is compatible with the device revision of the instrument.
cc is a 2digit hexadecimal equivalent for the capabilities files (.cff) revision, as defined by the manufacturer. The
latest revision of the capabilities files, for a particular device revision, is the file with the largest value for this
number.
eee is the file extension. At this time, five extensions exist for files, they are:
.symThis extension denotes a device description (DD) symbol file as defined by the Fieldbus
Foundation.
309
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
.ffoThis extension denotes a complete, tokenized, device description for the instrument as defined by
the Fieldbus Foundation.
.cffThis extension denotes a capabilities file for the instrument as defined by the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Common File Format specification.
.fhxThis extension denotes a DeltaV device definition file.
.dllThis extension denotes a windows resource file used by DeltaV.
.regThis extension denotes a DeltaV registry file.
.almThis extension denotes a DeltaV alarm file (DeltaV version 6 only).
The following table describes the compatibility between the DVC6200f firmware revisions and DD revisions.
Device Description Compatibility
Firmware Revision DD Compatibility
2.0 2 and 3
For fieldbus devices, in addition to providing parameter definitions and other information required by the control
system to communicate with the fieldbus device, the DD may also include methods. Methods can be used for a variety
of functions including automatic calibration, setting protection, setting up the instrument, etc. These methods are a
predetermined sequence of steps for information required to setup, calibrate, and perform other functions on the
instrument. How the method prompts the user, and how messages appear is determined by the host system. For
information on using methods on the host system see the appropriate host system documentation.
Table F1 contains the methods available in the DVC6200f, the block it is found in, and the page number where it is
described.
310
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Note
Before beginning the Add Device Definition procedure, it is recommended that the Add Device Utility be installed on DeltaV. This
may help prevent installation errors from occurring.
Note
Be sure to select the correct DD for the DeltaV revision being used. The resource files are different for each revision of DeltaV.
Device descriptions furnished by Fisher contain only those files applicable to Fisher. All the files are located in the
manufacturer ID Folder (005100 for xxxxxx in directory structure above). A readme file is included at the top level.
Read this file for any additional information regarding DD installation.
Device descriptions furnished by the Fieldbus Foundation (on CDROM or diskette) contain the files for each
registered manufacturer and their associated device(s). It is placed on the media starting with the release folder,
which then contains a folder (xxxxxx) for each manufacturer as defined above. For Fisher this folder is 005100. A
readme file may be included at the top level. Read this file for any additional information regarding the DD.
For the DVC6200fThe device type parameter for this unit is 4602. This device includes the AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI,
MAI, DO and DI function blocks. From DeltaV Explorer, select the amsdevices\005100\4602 folder (refer to
figure E2).
311
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
The most recent device description for Fisher devices can be downloaded from the internet at www.FIELDVUE.com.
If you are downloading from the internet, the file on the website will be compressed (zipped) and must be
decompressed (unzipped) before proceeding. Refer to the website download and installation procedures for setting
up the DD on your system. Note the folder where the decompressed files are placed. This information will be
required later in the installation procedure.
Note
Record any warning/error messages from the message window in DeltaV Explorer so that it can be communicated to the DeltaV
Technical Support Group.
Device descriptions furnished by Fisher contain only those files applicable to Fisher. All the files are located in the
manufacturer ID Folder (005100 for xxxxxx in directory structure above). A readme file is included at the top level.
Read this file for any additional information regarding DD installation.
Device descriptions furnished by the Fieldbus Foundation (on CDROM or diskette) contain the files for each
registered manufacturer and their associated device(s). It is placed on the media starting with the release folder,
which then contains a folder (xxxxxx) for each manufacturer as defined above. For Fisher this folder is 005100. A
readme file may be included at the top level. Read this file for any additional information regarding the DD.
For the DVC6200f Digital Valve ControllerThe device type parameter for this unit is 4602. This device includes the
AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI, MAI, DO and DI function blocks. From Windows Explorer, select the release\005100\4602
folder.
The most recent device description for Fisher devices can be downloaded from the internet at www.fisher.com. If
you are downloading from the internet, the file on the website will be compressed (zipped) and must be
decompressed (unzipped) before proceeding. Refer to the website download and installation procedures for setting
312
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
up the DD on your system. Note the folder where the decompressed files are placed. This information will be
required later in the installation procedure.
Note
This procedure will install the necessary Device Description files (*.ffo and *.sym), and Capabilities file (*.cff) for the device.
1. Locate or create the folder on the host system to contain all the DD and capabilities files.
If you are creating a folder, you can name this new folder whatever you would like and it can have any path you define.
For this installation procedure, this folder will be referred to as the base folder.
2. On the CDROM or in the website download files, locate the folder with the new support files. This folder is called
\RELEASE.
3. Open this folder and select the folder named 005100.
4. Copy the 005100 folder (and all its subfolders) from the CDROM or website download location to the base folder.
If this is an update (the folders already exist), the system informs you that the folders already exist and asks if they
should be replaced. Answer Yes or OK so the folders are properly updated.
5. The new support files are now installed. You may have to restart applications and drivers in order for the new files to
become active.
DD installation is complete. Consult the system documentation for commissioning new devices or updating existing
devices.
DD in Use displays the version number displayed in the format: device type.device revision.DD revision. The Min
Compatible DD revision displayed is the latest device description revision that is compatible with the displayed device
revision.
313
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
314
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Appropriate Device Descriptions (DDs) installed. See the Device Description Compatibility table on
page 310. For DD installation information see Appendix F.
Digital valve controller correctly mounted on actuator. For mounting information see the
Installation section of this manual and the instructions included with the mounting kit.
Utilities connected. For information on making pneumatic and electrical connections, see the
Installation section of this manual. For information on applying power to the segment, see DeltaV
books online.
Instrument in standby. For information on placing the instrument in standby, see DeltaV books
online.
Perform the initial setup. See the Basic Setup section of this manual. If the valve is shipped from the
factory mounted on an actuator, perform basic setup only to verify setup is correct and valve
operation is satisfactory.
Device Commissioned. For information on commissioning a device, see DeltaV books online.
Additional configuration required, such as setting alarms, cutoffs, and other resource block and
transducer block parameters. See the Detailed Setup section of this manual.
Control strategy defined. For information on defining a control strategy, see DeltaV books online.
315
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
316
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
317
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
318
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
319
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
320
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
321
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Introduction
Note
This appendix does not necessarily provide the latest information on the DeltaV system. For the latest information on using the
DeltaV system, refer to the online help or documentation supplied with the system.
This appendix provides specific instructions for performing basic setup operations on the DeltaV host system. It is not
a comprehensive resource, rather a starting point. For more information, refer to the following sources:
Section 3: Basic Setup and Tuning for detailed information regarding initial setup, and stabilizing and optimizing valve
response.
Section 4: Detailed Setup for detailed information on configuring all of the blocks in the instrument, and an overview
of the function blocks.
Appendix A: Principle of Operation for information on how digital valve controller operation.
Appendix E: FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication for an overview of function block and block modes, as well as
additional information pertaining to fieldbus communication.
Appendix F: DD Installation for information on installing the device description (DD) software on your host system.
DeltaV OnLine Help or Documentation for complete and current information about navigating in the DeltaV system.
To use the methods, accessed as described in this appendix, requires that the device description (DD) for the
DVC6200f digital valve controller be installed on the host system. For information on installing the device description,
refer to DD Installation (Appendix F) and the host system documentation.
1. Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu.
2. Locate the the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane (the left panel) and rightclick once on the
digital valve controller icon or name.
3. Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and leftclick to bring up the Device Connection View.
4. Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F2 and leftclick.
322
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
DIGITAL VALVE
CONTROLLER ICON
AND NAME
Figure F2. Accessing the Digital Valve Controller Through AMS Device Manager
LEFTCLICK TO
ACCESS THE DELTAV
NETWORK
DIGITAL VALVE
CONTROLLER
ICON AND
NAME
323
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
Methods
Transducer Block
The following methods are accessed via the transducer block: Device Setup, Auto Travel Calibration, Manual Travel
Calibration, Supply Sensor Calibration, Output A Sensor Calibration, Output B Sensor Calibration, Travel Sensor Adjust,
Stroke Valve, Performance Tuner, Stabilize/Optimize, and Relay Adjust.
Refer to figures F1, F2, and F3 and the following steps to access these methods.
1. Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu.
2. Locate the the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane (the left panel) and rightclick once on the
digital valve controller icon or name.
3. Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and leftclick to bring up the Device Connection View.
4. Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F2 and leftclick.
5. Locate Methods in the Actions menu, as shown in figure F3 and rightclick once.
6. Select the desired method from the the Actions menu and leftclick to start the method.
Resource Block
The Restart Options method and the DD Information method are available via the resource block. Refer to figure F3
and the following steps to access these methods.
1. Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu.
2. Locate the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane (the left panel) and rightclick once on the digital
valve controller icon or name.
3. Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and leftclick to bring up the Device Connection View.
4. Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F2 and leftclick.
5. Locate Methods in the Actions menu, as shown in figure F3 and rightclick once.
6. Select the desired method from the the Actions menu and leftclick to start the method.
Accessing Parameters
Transducer Block
For detailed information on the parameters that are changed via the transducer block, refer to the Detailed Setup
section of this manual. Refer to figures F2, F3, and F4 for information on accessing transducer block parameters.
1. Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu.
2. Locate the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane and rightclick once on the digital valve controller
icon or name.
3. Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and leftclick to bring up the Device Connection View.
4. Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F2 and leftclick.
5. Locate Configure/Setup in the Actions menu (see figure F3) and leftclick to access Configuration and Setup
parameters.
6. Leftclick on Digital Valve Controller (TRANSDUCER) to access the transducer block parameters. Refer to table G1
for the transducer block configuration menu.
324
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
CONFIGURE/SETUP
RESOURCE BLOCK
METHODS
TRANSDUCER
BLOCK METHODS
Note
To access diagnostic parameters leftclick on Device Diagnostics, and then on Digital Valve Controller (TRANSDUCER). See
figure F4.
To access device variables leftclick on Device Variables, and then on Digital Valve Controller (TRANSDUCER). See figure F4.
325
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
DIGITAL VALVE
CONTROLLER
(TRANSDUCER)
RESOURCE
(RESOURCE)
DEVICE
DIAGNOSTICS
DEVICE
VARIABLES
Resource Block
For detailed information on the parameters that are changed via the resource block, refer to the Detailed Setup
section of this manual. Refer to figures F2, F3, and F4 for information on accessing resource block parameters.
1. Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu.
2. Locate the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane and rightclick once on the block icon or name.
3. Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and leftclick to bring up the Device Connection View.
4. Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F2 and leftclick.
5. Locate Configure/Setup in the Actions menu (see figure F3) and leftclick to access Configuration and Setup
parameters.
6. Leftclick on Resource (RESOURCE) to access the resource block parameters. Refer to table G2 for the resource
block configuration menu.
Note
To access diagnostic parameters leftclick on Device Diagnostics, and then on Resource (RESOURCE). See figure F4.
To access device variables leftclick on Device Variables, and then on Resource (RESOURCE). See figure F4.
326
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
PlantWeb Alerts
Fieldbus devices detect and report their device alarms to a DeltaV system (or other host system). This includes
detecting whether an alert condition is active, reporting the alarm to DeltaV and later clearing the alarm when the
condition is no longer active. Whether a particular alert condition can be suppressed, disabled or configured offline
are all determined by the device.
For Fieldbus, the DeltaV system is responsible for knowing which devices have alarms, ensuring that alarms are
properly represented (such as after controller switchovers) and reporting to operators, Event Chronicle, AMS, OPC
Alarms and Events server, etc. So the only alarms DeltaV shows for a Fieldbus device are those the device has defined
as alarms and has reported to DeltaV.
All device alarms are configured and processed in the DeltaV system identically to process alarms. This means that
how the alarms are communicated within the system, what workstations are notified, alarm annunciation, graphical
representations, event recording, acknowledgement, etc. are identical for process and device alarms. This ensures
that device alarms and process alarms are available to all users and applications in a consistent fashion.
DeltaV Operate
MD Controllers
Fieldbus devices - While device alerts are supported on all fieldbus devices, devices that offer PlantWeb alerts
provide significantly more useful information.
Series 2 H1 cards
327
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
The Enable Device Alarms configuration option modifies the device configuration. Thus changing this setting requires
a download to the device. Devices that are migrated from older DeltaV systems will have their device alarms disabled.
Note
1. Use the default setting of device alarms enabled. If the user does not want notification of device alarms, this can be configured
on each individual alarm. Later on, you can modify the alarm configurations without downloading the device. Disabling device
alarms disables all of the alarms, including the device communication failure alarm.
2. Use the same control display for the device as for the control module.
3. If you suspect a rogue device is generating extra H1 bus traffic from device alarms, disabling device alarms stops the device from
sending the alarms.
4. If the Alarms and Displays tab is not shown, then you either do not have an MD controller or the device is on a Series 1 H1 card.
328
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Area Assignment
Controllers use this area assignment to report node status (e.g. not communicating). Devices and control modules use
this area assignment to determine where to send their alarms.
Area A is the default area assignment for all controllers and workstations (see figures F6 and F7). Also, by default Area
A is assigned to all workstations Alarms and Events subsystem. This means that all controller status problems are sent
to all workstations by default.
A fieldbus device will change its area association once the device is configured to a control module. In addition, the
device is assigned to the same place in the logical hierarchy as this control module. So if the control module is under a
unit, the device is also considered under this same unit.
The device is automatically associated with the same area as the control module that uses the lowest index number
function block in the device. This block is usually the primary input or output function block of the device. This ensures
that wherever the control module is reporting information, all device information that may also be relevant is also
reported.
Note
1. For devices with multiple inputs or outputs (such as the 848), you need to decide which area is best for device alarm reporting
and be sure to assign the correct control module to the lowest index number function block. If there is no module assigned to this
function block, then the device will always be assigned to the same area as the controller.
2. With controller area default of AREA A, and the default of AREA A being assigned to all workstations, you need to evaluate the
alarm settings when commissioning a new fieldbus device with device alarms enabled. If the device detects a FAILED or COM FAIL
alarm prior to being assigned to a control module, this device alarm will be reported and annunciated to all workstations. This is
329
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
because all workstations have Area A assigned. Consider lowering the priority of these alarms to ADVISORY until the end of the
commissioning process.
This is important so that ALL of the information about an area -- both the process and device information -- is available
at any workstation that is responsible for that area. That way the Event Chronicle has a complete record for that area,
and any user can drill into a graphic or tag and access all of the information.
This DOES NOT determine WHO views the device alarms. Who views the alarms is determined by filtering at each
workstation.
Now that all of the device (and process) information is assigned to a workstation, the next step is to decide what
priority of device and process alarms cause alarm annunciation to the users on that workstation.
There are two different approaches that can be used to adjust the device alarm filtering for a particular workstation:
Adjust the default DeltaV Operate alarm settings in the UserRef/UserSettings file
Adjust the individual device alarm priorities
By default, DeltaV Operator Stations have all process alarms are annunciated, and show up on the Alarm Banner, Alarm
List, graphical displays, etc. on all operator workstations. Also by default, the device alarms with priority settings below
WARNING (8) are NOT annunciated or shown in the alarm banner. The low priority device alarms can be shown in
graphics and on summaries defined to not be limited by the alarm settings.
The DeltaV Maintenance Station uses the same DeltaV Operate alarm setting for device alarm annunciation. This
license only shows device alarms on Maintenance Station graphics. NO process alarms are shown in the alarm banner
or ANY alarm summary.
Thus, device alarms and process alarms can be either combined and/or separated for specific user installations, based on
their operating philosophy.
Operator Station displays can be configured to show any alarms reporting to that workstation. Along with typical
display configuration, alarm summaries can be configured to display alarms that match the alarm banner settings, or
user specified ranges. The standard AlarmSum display is configured to show all alarms reporting to that workstation
(see figure F8).
330
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Note
If you think you should be seeing a device alarm in the alarm banner and it is not there, verify that the device is shown on the
AlarmSum display. This display shows ALL of the alarms reporting to that workstation, regardless of the device alarm annunciation
settings. If the device is not shown in this display, then it is not reporting to this workstation (or the logged on user does not have
responsibility for that area).
The default for device alarm annunciation (sounds the horn and shown in the alarm banner) can be modified for all
operator/maintenance stations. Or unique settings can be defined for specific workstations. Use the workstation name
to adjust settings for specific workstations in UserSettings.grf.
For example, if an installation has a Maintenance Station named 'MAINT', then the UserRef.grf (then renamed to
UserSettings.grf) would contain alarm settings for the MAINT workstation as appropriate for maintenance (e.g. all
device alarms in the alarm banner).
Note
To easily find the device alarm configuration in UserRef or UserSettings, open the display in the Standard directory, right click and
select EDIT SCRIPT, then select Edit, Find and type in DEVICE. This will take you to the location in the file with the device alarm
settings.
331
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
The DeltaV workstation default is to annunciate device alarms above the ADVISORY (7) priority.
Therefore, by default both the FAILED and COMM PlantWeb alerts annunciate to the operator.
The priority of each alarm needs to be considered. The priority of a device alarm is determined by how important that
device problem is and the consequences to the process.
The priority is not based solely on the type of device. This means that while some DVC6200f's may be critical to
operation, other DVC6200f's may not. In this example, the DVC6200f's would have different default alarm priorities.
Note
1. If your installation has the Fieldbus devices, but is not ready to use PlantWeb alerts, then you can disable the individual alarms at
the device - or through the System Alarm Management application. Later on, individual alarms can be enabled without having to
download the device.
2. When you first begin to use device alarms, be sure that your alarm priority settings for the workstations or the individual device
alarm priorities are such that they don't cause undue operator burden. This could mean only having a few device alarms set at
WARNING or above, or changing the DeltaV Operate default such that only CRITICAL device alarms (or even perhaps NO device
alarms annunciate to the operator).
3. DO NOT enable ALL of the PlantWeb alerts in a device. Only enable the alerts that are needed.
332
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Glossary
Algorithm Deadband
A set of logical steps to solve a problem or Region around a reference point that must be
accomplish a task. A computer program contains exceeded before a new event occurs.
one or more algorithms.
Deviation
Usually, the difference between set point and
Alphanumeric
process variable. More generally, any departure
Consisting of letters and numbers.
from a desired or expected value or pattern.
Drive Signal
ANSI Class The signal to the I/P converter from the printed
Valve pressure/temperature rating. wiring board. It is the percentage of the total
microprocessor effort needed to drive the valve
fully open. In most applications, drive signal
Bench Set ranges from 55% to 75%.
Pressure, supplied to an actuator, required to
drive the actuator through rated valve travel.
Expressed in pounds per square inch. Feedback Arm
The mechanical connection between the valve
stem linkage and the FIELDVUE Instrument travel
Byte sensor.
A unit of binary digits (bits). A byte consists of
eight bits. Feedback Signal
Indicates to the instrument the actual position of
the valve. The travel sensor provides the feedback
Configuration signal to the instrument printed wiring board
Stored instructions and operating parameters for assembly. A mechanical linkage connects the
a FIELDVUE Instrument. travel sensor to the valve stem or shaft.
333
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
334
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
335
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
336
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Index Electronics, 73
Environment, 77
Instrument, 73
Performance, 83
A PlantWeb, 73
Proximity, 80
Acknowledge Option, Resource Block, 52 Sensor, 76
Travel, 78
Act On IR, 135
AMS Device Manager, using, 322
Action on Failure, DI Function Block, 209
Analog Input (AI) Function Block, 5, 175
Action on Fault Detection Advanced Features, 179
AO Function Block, 122 Alarm Detection, 175
DO Function Block, 198 Block Errors, 179
Active PlantWeb Alerts, 228 Field Communicator Menu Structure, 186
Filtering, 178
Actuator Modes, 175
Fail Action, 87 parameters, 180
Manufacturer, 87 Signal Conversion, 178
Model Number, 87 Simulation, 179
Serial Number, 87 Status Handling, 177
Size, 87 Troubleshooting, 180
Style, 87 View Lists, 184
Device Setup, 46
Analog Output (AO) Function Block, 5, 117
Actuator Compatibility, 8 Action on Fault Detection, 122
Actuator Information, for initial setup, 45 Application Information, 123
Block Errors, 123
Advanced Diagnostics (AD), 4 Field Communicator Menu Structure, 129
Air, 88 I/O Options, 122
as supply medium, 7, 31 Mode Handling, 119
parameters, 124
Alarm Detection Set Point Selection and Limiting, 121
AI Function Block, 175 Setting the Output, 120
DI Function Block, 209 Simulation, 123
ISEL Function Block, 155 Status Handling, 120
PID Function Block, 135 View Lists, 128
Alarm Handling, 51 ANSI/ISA75.13.01 Section 5.3.5, Vibration Testing
Alarm Priorities Method, 8
ISEL Function Block, 156 AO Control - PreCharacterization, Device Variables,
PID Function Block, 136 234
Alert Conditions, 228 AO ControlPost Characterization, Device Variables,
Instrument, 73 234
Alert Handling, 90 Application Information
PlantWeb Alert Handling, 90 AO Function Block, 123
PlantWeb Alert Simulate, 90 DI Function Block, 210
PlantWeb Alerts, 287 MAI Function Block, 188
Simulate Active Alerts, 90 PID Function Block, 136
Alert Key, 76 Area Units, 85
ATEX, 8
Alert Reporting, PlantWeb Alerts, 289
Conditions of Certification, 13
Alerts Special Instructions for Safe Use and Installations
Configuration, 75 in Hazardous Locations, 13
337
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
B Calibration Date, 85
Calibration Location, 85
Backup Link Master, 7
Calibration Person, 85
Basic Setup, 43
Certification
Bench Set KGS, Korea, 8
Lower, 88 NEPSI, China, 8
Upper, 88 TIIS, Japan, 8
Block Alarm, Resource Block, 225 Clear Fault State, Resource Block, 226
Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge, Resource Block, 52 Commissioning Tag, 41
Block Alarm Disabled, Resource Block, 52 Communication Connections, 40
Block Error Communication Time Out, 50
Resource Block, 224 Shed Remote Cascade, 50
Transducer Block, 231 Shed Remote Out, 50
Block Error Reporting, 90 Configuration Alerts, 75, 228
Block Errors, 90 Alert Key, 76
AI Function Block, 179 Blocks Set to Default, 76, 229
AO Function Block, 123 Output Block Timeout, 75, 228
DI Function Block, 209 Configure/Setup, 49
DO Function Block, 198
ISEL Function Block, 156 Confirm Time, 52
MAI Function Block, 188 Connections
PID Function Block, 136 Communications, 40
Resource Block, 53 Pneumatic, 30
Block Execution Times, 7 Pressure, 30
Supply, 31
Block Initialization Specifications, 8
DI Function Block, 206 Vent, 34
DO Function Block, 196 Wiring and Electrical, 35
Block Modes, 301 Fieldbus, 35
All, Device Variables, 233 Construction Materials, 9
DVC6200f, 301
control options, PID Function Block, 134
Blocks
Function, 5 Control selections, 4
Resource Block, 5 CSA, 8
Transducer Block, 5 Conditions of Certification, 12
Blocks Set to Default, Alerts, 76 Loop Schematics, 266
nameplate, 267
Special Instructions for Safe Use and Installations
in Hazardous Locations, 12
C Custom Characterization, 72
Calibration, 1, 217 Cycle Counter
Auto, 218 Alerts, 82
Manual, 218 Device Variables, 235
338
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
Device Variables
Resource Block, 226
Transducer Block, 233
E
diagnostic capabilities, 4 Educational Services, 9
339
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
340
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
341
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
342
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
343
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
344
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
345
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
346
Instruction Manual DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103412X012 November 2011
347
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual
November 2011 D103412X012
348
N97
Neither Emerson, Emerson Process Management, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance
of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, ValveLink, PlantWeb, DeltaV, and Baumann are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business
division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co.
FOUNDATION fieldbus is a mark owned by the Fieldbus Foundation. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not
to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are
governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such
products at any time without notice.
www.Fisher.com